CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

MERU CENTRAL CLUSTER EXAMS

233/1
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
(THEORY)

1. The electronic arrangement of ions x3+ and y2– are 2.8 and 2.8.8.respectively
a) Write the electronic arrangement of the elements x and y. (3 marks)
b) Write the formula of the compound that would be formed between x and y. (1 mark)
2. When bromine gas reacts with aqueous Sodium hydroxide, the equilibrium represented by the equation;
Br2 (aq) + 2OH– (aq) Br– (aq) + OBr– (aq) + H2O is established.

What observations would be made if a few drops of sulphuric (VI) acid were added to the equilibrium mixture?
(2 marks)
3. Calculate the amount of calcium carbonate that would remain if 15.0g of calcium carbonate were reacted with 0.2g
moles of hydrochloric acid. The equation for the reaction is,
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(g) (C = 12.0, O = 16, Ca = 40.0) (3 marks)
4. In an experiment, soap solution was added to three separate samples of water. The table below shows the volumes

m
of soap solution required to form lather with 1000cm3 of each sample of water before and after boiling.

co
Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

s.
er
ap
Volume of soap before water is boiled 27.0 3.0 10.6

p
st
pa
Volume of soap after water is boiled 27.0 se 3.0 3.0
kc
ee

a) Which water sample is likely to be soft? Explain. (2 marks)

.fr

b) Explain the change in the volumes of soap solution used in sample (iii). (1 mark)
w
w

5. Ammonia gas was passed into water as shown.

w

Ammonia gas
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex

Water
e
fre
e

a) When a red litmus paper was dropped into the resulting solution, it turned blue.
or
rm

Give a reason for this observation. (1 mark)

b) What is the function of the funnel? (1 mark)
fo

6. The table below gives some properties of gases D and E.

Gas Density Effects of H2SO4 Effects of NaOH
D Lighter than air Reacts to form a salt Dissolves without reacting
E Heavier than air Not affected Not affected

a) Describe how you would obtain a sample of E from a mixture of gases D and E. (2 marks)
b) Suggest a possible identity of gas D. Give a reason for your answer. (1 marks)

1
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

7. The curve below represents the variation of temperature with time when pure and impure samples of a solid were
heated separately.
I
II

Temperature

Time
Which curve shows the variation in temperature for the pure solid? Explain. (2 marks)
8. The diagram below represent set-up that can be used to prepare and collect oxygen gas.

m
co
Hydrogen peroxide

s.
er
ap
Oxygen gas

p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w

Water
w

Manganese
w

(IV) oxide
it
s
vi
rs
pe

a) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place. (1 mark)

pa

b) What property of oxygen makes it possible for its collection as indicated by the diagram?
am

(1 mark)
ex

c) Explain why it is important not to collect gas for the first few seconds of the experiment. (1 mark)
e
fre

9. Study the set-up below and answer the questions that follow.
e
or
rm

Bulb
Switch
fo

Carbon electrode

Molten Lead (II) bromide

State and explain the observation that would be made when the circuit is completed. (3 marks)

2
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
10. In an experiment, rods of metals P, Q and R were cleaned with sand paper and placed in a beaker containing
water. Another set of rods was also cleaned and placed in a beaker containing dilute acid. After placing the rods
in the two liquids, bubbles of gas were seen around some of the rods as shown in the diagrams below.
P Q R P Q R

Bubbles

Dilute acid

a) Why is it necessary to clean the rods with sand paper before dipping them into the liquids?
(1 marks)
b) Arrange the three metals in order of their reactivity starting with the most reactive. (1 mark)

11. A solution of chlorine in tetrachbromethane turns colourless when propene gas is bubbled through it.
a) What type of reaction takes place? (1marks)

m
b) Write an equation for the above reaction. (1 mark)

co
12. With reference to atomic number of one, explain why hydrogen can be placed in either group I and VII of

s.
the periodic table. (2 marks)

er
ap
13. a) Define the term base. (1 mark)

p
b) Explain why it is not advisable to use wood ash for cleaning aluminium utensils. (2 marks)

st
pa
14. A compound has an empirical formula C3H6O and a relative formula mass of 116. Determine its molecular
se
formula. (C = 12, O = 16, H = 1) (2 marks)
kc

15. Explain how you would separate mixture of nitrogen and oxygen gases given that their boiling points are
ee

– 196 C and –183 C respectively.

o o
(2 marks)
.fr

16. Study the table below and answer the questions that follow.
w
w

Alkaline Formula Heat of combustion (∆Hc)KJmol–1

w
it
s

Methane CH4 –890

vi
rs

Ethane C2H6 –1560

pe
pa

Propane C3H6 –2220

am
ex

Butane
e
fre

a) Predict the heat of combustion of Butane and write it on the space provided in the table above.
e

(1 mark)
or

b) What does the negative sign ∆Hc value indicate about combustion of alkanes? (1 mark)
rm
fo

17. The diagram below represents the extraction of sulphur by Frasch process.
Hot compressed air
Tube I
Tube II

Sulphur beds
a) Name the substance that passes through tube I and II. (2 marks)

3
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

4
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

c) What is the purpose of hot compressed air in this process? (1 mark)

18. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.
Dilute hydrochloric acid

Flame

Zinc granules

Write an equation for each of the two reactions that take place in the experiment represented by the diagram
above. (2 marks)

m
co
s.
19. A mixture containing equal volumes of hydrogen gas and carbon (IV) oxide gas was introduced on one end of a

er
tube as shown below.

ap
C

p
st
pa
se
kc

Mixture of
ee
.fr

H2 and CO2
w
w
w
it
s
vi

Which gas would be detected at point C first? Explain. (2 marks)

rs

20. The table below gives three experiments on the reaction of excess sulphuric (VI) acid and 0.5 g of zinc done
pe

under different conditions. In each the volume of the gas was recorded at different time interval.
pa

Experiment Form of zinc Sulphuric (VI) acid

am
ex

I Powder 0.8M
e
fre

II Powder 1.0M
e
or

III Granules 0.8M

rm
fo

On the axis below draw and label the three curves that could be obtained from such results. (3 marks)

Volume of acid (cm3)

Time (sec)

5
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
21. The table below shows how solubility of some substances in water varies with temperature
Substance Change of solubility g/100cm3 of water with temperature
0oC 20oC 40oC 60oC
W 0.334 0.16 0.097 0.0058
X 27.60 34.0 40.0 45.5
Y 35.70 36.0 36.6 37.3

Which of above substances is likely to be a gas? Explain. (2 marks)

22. Study the chart below and answer the questions that follow.
Solution K White Step I
NaOH (aq) Colourless solution
precipitate L Excess
NaOH (aq)
Excess Step II

m
NH3 (aq) HCl (aq)

co
s.
er
ap
White precipitate L Colourless solution

p
st
pa
se
kc

a) Identify;
ee

i. the metal ions in solution K (1 mark)

.fr

ii. the white precipitate L. (1mark)

w
w

b) What is the nature of solution K? (1 mark)

w

23. Explain the following observation. A chloride dissolves in water to form an electrolyte while the same chloride
it
s

dissolves in methylbenzene to form a non-electrolyte. (2 marks)

vi
rs

24. State what would be observed when dilute hydrochloric acid is added to the products formed from a mixture of
pe

iron filings and sulphur. (2 marks)

pa

25. Describe how the following reagents can be sued to prepare lead (II)sulphate; solid potassium sulphate,
am

solid lead (II) carbonate, dilute nitric (V) acid and distilled water. (2 marks)
ex

26. Explain why the enthalpy of neutralisation of ethanoic acid with sodium hydroxide is different from that of
e

hydrochloric acid with sodium hydroxide. (2 marks)

fre

27. Give a reason why calcium hydroxide solution is used to detect the presence of carbon (IV) oxide gas while
e
or

sodium hydroxide solution is NOT. (2 marks)

rm

28. A compound C2H2 reacts with hydrogen in presence of nickel catalyst to form another compound C2H4. The same
fo

compound C2H2 reacts with hydrogen to form C2H6 in presence of nickel catalyst.
a) Draw the structural formula and name the compound C2H4. (1 mark)
b) Write the equation for the reaction between C2H4 and hydrogen. (1 mark)
29. During the production of hydrogen Iodide, hydrogen reacts with Iodine according to the equation.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2 HI(g) ∆H +52KJ

Explain how the following would affect the yield of hydrogen Iodide. (2 marks)
a) Increase in temperature
b) Increase in pressure
30. a) Using dots (•) and crosses (x) to represent electrons, draw diagrams to represent the bonding in;
(2 marks)
i) NH3
ii) NH4+
b)
State why an ammonia molecule (NH3) can be combined with H+ to form NH4+
(atomic numbers N = 7 and H =1) (1 mark)

6
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
31. The table below gives the atomic numbers of elements W, X, Y and Z.
The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.

Element W X Y Z
Atomic number 9 10 11 12

a) Which one of the elements is least reactive? (1 mark)

b) i) Which two elements would react most vigorously with each other? (1 mark)
ii) Give the formula of the compound formed when elements in b) (i) reacts. (1 mark)
32. When magnesium metal is burnt in air it reacts with both oxygen and nitrogen gases giving a white ash.
a) Write two equations for the reaction that take place. (2 marks)
b) When the white ash in (a) above is mixed with water, a gas with a pungent smell is produced. Write an
equation for this reaction. (1 mark)
33. In an experiment to separate a mixture of two organic liquids, liquid M (boiling point of 56oC) and liquid N
(boiling point of 118oC). A student set up the apparatus as shown below

Thermometer

m
co
Water in

s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc

Cork
ee
.fr
w

Water
w
w

out
it
s
vi
rs
pe

Distillate
pa
am

Mixture of M & N
a) Identify two mistakes in the set-up. (2 marks)
ex

b) What method would the student use to test the purity of the distillates obtained? (1 mark)
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

7
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

MERU
233/2
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
1. The grid bellow represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
The letters are not the actual symbols of the elements.
A
F J H
B E L K
C G
D

m
co
i. Select the most reactive non-metal. Explain. (2 marks)

s.
ii. Identify an element that can form an amphoteric hydroxide. (1 mark)

er
iii. Which group one element has the lowest first ionization energy? Explain. (2 marks)

ap
iv. Name the other group to which element A can be placed and give a reason. (2 marks)

p
st
v. Compare the atomic size of elements C and G. Explain. (2 marks)
vi. pa
Write the electronic configuration of the ion formed by element L and indicate its symbol.
se
kc

(1 mark)
ee

vii. i)Using dots (•) and crosses (x) to represent electrons, show the bonding in the compound formed between
.fr

elements B and J. (1 mark)

w

ii) Identify an element that is not likely to form any type of bond. Explain. (1 mark)
w
w

2. a) Study the reaction scheme below and answer the questions that follow.
it
s
vi

S CH2 Br CH2 Br
rs
pe
pa

Step 1
HBr (g)
am
ex
e

Polymer Z H2 (g)
fre

CH2 CH2 Substance T

Step 2 Nickel catalyst
e
or
rm

170oC
KMnO4 / H+
fo

H2SO4(l)

Substance W U

i) Name the substances; S, T, U and W. (2 marks)

ii) Name the reagent for step 1. (1 mark)
iii) Draw the polymer Z comprising of three monomers. (1 mark)
iv) Name the type of polymerisation on step 2. (1 mark)

b) Draw the structures of the following compounds.

i. 2-bromo-3, 3-dimethylpent-1-ene. (1 mark)
ii. 1, 2-dicloroethyne. (1 mark)

8
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

9
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

C) Name the following organic compounds.

i. (1
H
mark)
|
H–C–H
H H | H H
| | | | |
H–C–C–C–C–C–H
| | | | |
H H H | H
H–C–H
|
H–C–H
|
H

m
co
ii. CH3CHCl(CH2)2C(CH3)2CH2CH3 (1 mark)

s.
d) Draw and name two positional Isomers of pentyne. (2 marks)

er
ap
p
st
pa
3. The flow chart below shows how sulphuric (VI) acid is produced on a large scale.
se
Gas E
Gas E
kc
ee
.fr
w

Catalytic
w

Burner Purifier
w

Solid D Gas F chamber

it
s
vi

SO3 (g)
rs

Liquid H
pe
pa
am

Sulphuric Dilution Oleum

ex

(VI) acid chamber

e
fre
e
or

Substance G
rm
fo

a) Identify the following;

i) Gas E (½ mark)
ii) Gas F (½ mark)
iii) Solid D (½ mark)
iv) Substance G (½ mark)
v) Liquid H (½ mark)
b) Name the most preferred catalyst used in the catalytic chamber and give a reason. (1½ marks)
c) Write an equation for the reaction that forms oleum. (1 mark)
d) Explain the importance of the purifier. (2 marks)
e) State two ways how pollution is controlled during the process of manufacturing sulphuric (VI) acid.
(2 marks)
f) State one industrial application of sulphuric (VI) acid. (1 mark)
g) What is the name given to the industrial process of manufacturing sulphuric (VI) acid?
(1 mark)

10
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

4. The diagram below shows the preparation of Iron (III) chloride salt in the laboratory.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Guard tube
Iron fillings
Calcium oxide

Dry
chlorine gas

Heat
Combustion
tube Iron (III) chloride
a) Name the method of preparing Iron (III) chloride salt shown above. (1 mark)
b) Explain why;
i) It is necessary to pass chlorine gas through the apparatus before heating begins. (1 mark)

m
co
ii) Calcium oxide is more preferred in the guard tube than calcium chloride. (2 marks)

s.
c) i) What property of Iron (III) chloride makes it possible to be collected as shown in the diagram.

er
ap
(½ mark)

p
ii) Name another substance which has the same property as Iron (III) chloride. (½ mark)

st
pa
d) Write an equation of the reaction which takes place in the guard tube.
se (1 mark)
e) Explain why all dry apparatus and conditions are preferred in the experiment above. (1 mark)
kc

f) The total mass of Iron (III) chloride formed was found to be 0.5g. Calculate the volume of chlorine gas that
ee

reacted with Iron. (Fe = 56, Cl =35.5, Molar gas volume = 24000cm3) (3 marks)
.fr

g) When hydrogen sulphide gas was passed through a solution of Iron (III) chloride, the following observation
w
w

were made; red-brown solution changed to green and a yellow solid deposited.
w

Explain this observation. (2 marks)

sit

5. a) State the Hess’s law. (1 mark)

vi
rs

b) Study the equations below and answer the questions that follow.
pe

I. C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g) ∆H1 = − 393 kJmol–1

pa

II. H2(g) + ½O2(g) H2O(l) ∆H2 = − 286 kJmol–1

am

III. C3H8 (g) + 5O2(g) 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) ∆H3 = − 2209 kJmol–1

ex
e

i) Name two heat changes represented by ∆H1 (2 marks)

fre

ii) Calculate the heat of formation of propane from the equations above, using the energy cycle diagram.
e
or

(3 marks)
rm

iii) Draw the energy level diagram for equation III. (2 marks)
fo

6. a) Candle wax is a compound comprising of two elements. Name them. (2 marks)

b) The set-up below was used to investigate the burning of a candle.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.
To sunction

Tube M
pump

Cotton
wool
Funnel

Candle

Calcium oxide Tube L

Tube N Solid calcium
chloride

11
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

i. What would happen to the burning candle if the sunction pump was turned off. Explain.
(2 marks)
ii. Explain the purpose of calcium oxide in tube N? (2 marks)
iii. What is the role solid calcium chloride in tube L.? (1 mark)
iv. Name another substance that could be used in place of calcium oxide in tube N. (1 mark)
v. State two gases that came out through tube M. (2 marks)
7. A colourless gas was passed over heated led (II) oxide and the products of the reactions were collected as shown
in the diagram below.

Lead (II) oxide

Nitrogen gas
Gas X

m
co
Heat

s.
er
Ice-cold
Water Water

ap
water

p
st
pa
a)Name gas X. se (1mark)
b)State the observation made in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
kc

c)What is the purpose of the ice-cold water? (1 mark)

ee

d)Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
.fr
w

e)Why is it possible to collect nitrogen gas as shown in the set up? (1 mark)
w

f)Name the method of obtaining nitrogen gas from air. (1 mark)

w
it

8. In an experiment to determine the rate of reaction excess lumps of calcium carbonate were added to 2M
s
vi

hydrochloric acid. The mass of calcium carbonate left was recorded after every 30 seconds.
rs

The results are shown in the table below.

pe

Time (seconds) 0 39 60 90 120 150 180 210

pa
am

Mass of calcium
ex

carbonate left 2.00 1.60 1.30 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.80
e
fre

(g)
e
or
rm
fo

a) Write the equation for the reaction that took place. (1 mark)
b) On the graph paper provided, plot a graph of mass of calcium carbonate (vertical axis) against time.
(3 marks
c) From the graph;
i. Determine the rate of reaction at the 105th second. (2 marks)
ii. Why does the curve level off after some time? (1 mark)
d) On the same graph sketch a curve for the same reaction using 4M hydrochloric acid and level it.
(1 mark)
e) Explain why the experiment above would not be performed with dilute sulphuric (VI) acid.
(2 marks)

12
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

13
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
MERU CENTRAL CLUSTER EXAMS
233/3
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)

1. You are provided with

- 3.15g of solid A
- 0.1M Sodium carbonate (solution B)

You are required to determine

a) The solubility of A at different temperatures
b) The number of moles of water of crystallisation in solid A.

PROCEDURE 1
a) Using a burette add 4cm3 of distilled water to solid A in a boiling tube. Heat the mixture while stirring with the
thermometer until all the solid dissolves.
Allow the solution to cool in air while stirring with the thermometer
Note the temperature at which crystals of A appear and record in the table 1 below

m
b) Using a burette, add 2cm3 of distilled water to the content of the boiling tube, warm the mixture while stirring with

co
the thermometer until all the solid dissolves. Allow the solution to cool while stirring and record the temperatures

s.
er
at which crystals appear.

ap
c) Complete the table 1 by calculating the solubility of solid A at different temperatures

p
st
NB: Keep the content of the boiling tube for procedure 2.
pa
se
Table 1
kc

Volume of water in the boiling Temperature at which crystals Solubility of A g/100g of

ee
.fr

tube appear water

w
w

4
w
its

6
vi
rs
pe

8
pa

10
am
ex

12
e
fre

(6 marks)
e

I) Plot a graph of solubility of A (vertical) axis against temperature. (3 marks)

or
rm

II) Using your graph determine the temperature at which 60g of solid A would dissolve in 100g of water.
(1 mark)
fo

PROCEDURE 2
a) Transfer the content of the boiling tube into a 250ml volumetric flask.
b) Add distilled water upto the mark and label this solution A.
c) Fill the burette with solution A.
d) Using a clean pipette transfer 25ml of solution B into a conical flasks, add 2 – 3 drops of methyl orange
indicator.
e) Titrate A against B until the colour changes to pink.
f) Record your results in the table 2 below.
g) Repeat C to F two more times.

Table 2
I II II
Final burette reading (cm3)

14
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution A used (cm3)
(4 marks)
a) Determine the average volume of solution A used. (1 mark)
b) How many moles of sodium carbonate were used? (1 mark)
c) If 1 mole of A reacts with 1 mole of Na2CO3, how many moles of A were used? (1 mark)
d) Determine the molarity of solution A. (1 mark)
e) Determine the molar mass of solid A. (1 mark)
f) If the formula of A is (COOH)2.XH2O. Determine the value of X. (C = 12, O = 16, H = 1)
(2 marks)

2. You are provided with solid C. Use it to carry the tests outlined below.
Dissolve the whole of C into 10cm3 of distilled water and divide the resulting solution in to 5 portions.
a) To the first portion add dilute hydrochloric acid.
Observations Inferences
(1 mark) (2 marks)

m
co
s.
er
b) To the second portion add sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.

ap
p
Observations Inferences

st
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w

c) To the third portion add sodium sulphate solution.

it

Observations Inferences
s
vi
rs

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)
pe
pa

d) To the fourth portion add Lead (II) nitrate solution.

am

Observations Inferences
ex
e
fre

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)
e
or
rm

e) To the last portion add Barium Nitrate solution.

fo

Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

3. You are provided with solid D. Use it to carry the tests outlined below.
a) Ignite 1/3 of solid D in a metallic spatula using a non-luminous flame.
Observations Inferences

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

b) To the remaining solid D in the test tube, add 6cm3 of distilled water and divide the resulting mixture
into 3 portions.
i) To the first portion add solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.

15
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Observations Inferences

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

m
co
s.
er
app
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

16
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

ii) To the second portion add acidified KMnO4 (potassium magnate (VII).
Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

iii) To the last portion add bromine water.

Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

m
co
s.
er
app
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
its
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

17
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
LANGATA/DAGORETTI C LUSTER
233/1
CHEMISTRY
(THEORY)
PAPER 1
1. A Student in form four placed a thermometer in molten naphthalene at 850C and recorded the temperature and time
until the naphthalene solidified. From the values obtained, the figure below was drawn.

(a) What name is given to such a figure?....................................................................... (1mk)

m
(b) Which part of the figure represents the change of state of naphthalene?............. (1mk)

co
(c) In terms of kinetic theory. Explain what happens to molecules along AB. (1mk)

s.
er
2. In a certain reaction, 18.7cm3 of a dibasic acid H 2 X required 25cm3 of 0.1M NaOH for complete neutralization.

ap
(a) How many moles of Sodium hydroxide are contained in 25cm3? (1mk)

p
st
(b) Calculate the molarity of the dibasic acid. (2mks)
pa
se
3. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am

(a) Identify solid G (1mk)

ex

(b) Write a balanced chemical equation between the yellow solid and dilute nitric acid. (1mk)
e

(c) Write the formula of the complex ion in solution F (1mk)

fre

4. Explain this observation:

e

When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water, the solution conducts electricity while a solution of hydrogen
or
rm

chloride gas in methyl benzene does not conduct electricity. (2mks)

fo

5. Matter exists in three states which can be related as shown in the diagram below.

(a) Name processes: P: (1mark)

R: (1mark)
(b) Explain whether process Q is exothermic or endothermic (1mark)

18
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
6. (a) What is meant by allotropy? (1mark)
(b) Name two allotropes of carbon. (1mark)
(c) Give one use of charcoal in the sugar refinery industry. (1mk)
7. (a) State Graham’s Law of Diffusion (1mk)
(b) A given volume of ozone (O3) diffused from a certain apparatus in 96 seconds. Calculate the
time taken by an equal volume of carbon(IV) oxide to diffuse under the same conditions. (C=12,O=16)
(2mks)
8. (a) Name two ores from which copper is extracted. (1mk)
(b) During the extraction of copper metal the ore is subjected to froth floatation. Give a reason why this process is
necessary. (1mk)
(c) One of the alloys of copper is brass. State its two uses. (1mk)
9. Draw a dot ( ) and cross (X) diagram to show bonding in sulphur (IV) oxide (1mk)
10. A form one class carried out an experiment to determine the active part of air. The diagram below shows the set-
up of the experiment and also the observation made.

m
co
s.
er
pap
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w

(a) Identify substance M ……………………………………… (1mk)

w

(b) State two reasons for the suitability of substance M for this experiment (1mk)
it
s
vi

(c) Write the equation for the reaction of substance M and the active part of air (1mk)
rs
pe

11. (a) Complete the following equation (1mk)

pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or

(b) Name the homologous series to which the following compounds belong?
rm

(i) CH3CCH ……………………………………… (1mk)

fo

(ii) CH3CH2OOCCH3 ………………………………………………… (1mk)

12. The table below shows the pH values of solutions J to N

Solution J K L M N
pH 5 13 2 10 7
(a) Which solution contains the largest concentration of hydroxides ions? (1mk)
(b) Which solution is likely to be a solution of acetic acid? (1mk)

19
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
13. The scheme below was used to prepare a cleansing agent. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Fat Solution of cleansing agent +

alcohol
Step II

Solid cleansing agent

(i) What name is given to the type of cleansing agent prepared by the method shown in the scheme?
(1mk)
(ii) Name one chemical substance added in step II (1mk)
(iii) What is the purpose of adding the chemical substance named in (ii) above. (1mk)
14. a) Define half – life of radio isotopes. (1mk)
b) Z grammes of a radioactive isotope take 100 days to decay to 20gms. If the half – life of the element is
25 days. Calculate the initial mass of Z of the radio- isotope. (2mks

m
15. Magnesium was burnt in air forming a white residue T. When put in a boiling tube with water effervescence was

co
noticed and colourless gas D with a characteristic pungent smell was evolved. The gas turned a wet red litmus

s.
er
paper blue.

ap
(a) Identify

p
(i) Residue T ……………………………………………………………. (1mk)

st
pa
(ii) Gas D…………………………………………………………… se . (1mk)
kc

(b) Write an equation for liberation of gas D. ( 1mk)

ee

16. Explain why the bleaching action of chlorine is permanent while bleaching by sulphur (IV) oxide is temporary.
.fr
w

(2marks)
w
w
it

17. Explain how you would separate a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen gases given that their boiling points are -
s
vi

196oC and -183oC respectively. (3mks)

rs
pe

18 Hydrazine gas, shown below, burns in oxygen to form nitrogen gas and steam.
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm

(a) Write an equation for the reaction (1mk)

fo

(b) Using the bond energies given below, calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction in (a) above
(2mks)
Bond Bond energy KJ per mole
944
N≡N
163
N=N
388
N−H
496
O =O
463
H−O

20
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

19 Using reagents provided only, explain how you could prepare solid Zinc carbonate. (2mks)

 Zinc powder
 Nitric (V) acid (dilute)
 Water
 Solid sodium carbonate
20 The apparatus below was set up to show the catalytic oxidation of ammonia.

m
(a) Identify the brown fumes observed at the mouth of the conical flask. (1mk)

co
(b) Write down the equations of the reactions representing

s.
er
(i) Catalytic oxidation of ammonia (1mk)

ap
(ii) The formation of the brown fumes. (1mk)

p
st
21 Consider the chromatogram below. pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
s it
vi
rs
pe
pa
am

A B C D E F
ex

Black Yellow Red Blue Green

e
fre

A piece of chromatogram paper was spotted with colour inks obtained from pens labeled A to F. The diagram above
shows the spots after the chromatograph was developed.
e
or
rm

(a) Which two pens contained the same pigment? (1mk)

fo

(b) According to the chromatogram which pigments are present in the inks of the pen number F
(1mk)
(c) Describe how one could get a sample of yellow pigment (1mk)
22. Consider the following reaction at equilibrium.
PCl 5( g ) ⇌ PCl3( g ) + Cl2 ( g )
Complete the table below to show the effect of different factors on the position of equilibrium (3mks)
Factor Effect on the equilibrium position
(i) Decrease pressure
(ii) Removing chlorine
(iii) Adding Helium gas to mixture
23. A student
investigated the effect of an electric current by passing it through some substances. The student used inert
electrodes and connected a bulb to the circuit. The table below shows the substances used and their states.
21
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Experiment Substance State
1 Potassium carbonate Solid
2 Copper (II) sulphate Solution
3 Sugar Solution
4 Lead (II) iodide Molten

(a) In which experiments did the bulb not light? (1mk)

(b) Explain your answer in (a) above. (2mks)
24. Give a reason why the formula mass of NO2 is sometimes 92 instead of 46. (1mk)

25. A compound contains only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen .Combustion of 1.068g of the compound produces
1.601g of carbon (IV) oxide and 0.437g of water. The molar mass of the compound is 176.1g⁄mol. What is the
empirical and molecular formulae of the compound? (2mks)
26. (a) A sample of water in a beaker was found to boil at 102℃ at 1 atmospheric pressure. Assume that the
thermometer was not faulty explain this observation (1mk)

m
(b)Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow.

co
Solubility (g/100g water)

s.
er
At 40℃ At 60℃
Salt

ap
28 38

p
CuSO4

st
pa
79 98
Pb(No3)2
se
kc

A mixture containing 35g of CuSO4 and 78g of Pb(NO3)2 in 100g of water at 60℃ was cooled to 40℃
ee

(i) Which salt crystallized out? Give a reason. (1mk)

.fr
w

(ii) Calculate the mass of the salt that crystallized out. (1mk)
w

27. A student was asked to determine the percentage of zinc metal in a mixture of zinc metal and zinc oxide. He
w
it

reacted the mixture with excess hydrochloric acid and accurately collected the gas evolved, which was then used
s
vi

to calculate the amount of zinc in the mixture.

rs

(a) Name the gas that was evolved………………………………………………… (1 mark)

pe

(b) Apart from the reaction liberating the gas write a balanced equation for the other reaction that took
pa

place . (1 mark)
am

(c) Why would dilute nitric acid not suitable for this reaction? (1 mark)
ex

28. Below is part of the flow diagram of the contact process.

e
fre
e
or

Liquid M
rm

CHAMBER
fo

SO3

CHAMBER
Liquid N Concentrated Sulphuric (VI)
B
acid

22
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(a) Identify (i) Liquid M………………………………………………… (1mk)

(ii) Liquid N………………………………………………… (1mk)
(b) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in chamber B. (1mk)
29. Chlorine gas dissolved in distilled water to form chlorine water
(a) Name the compounds present in the chlorine water. (1mk)
(b) What would be observed if blue litmus paper is dipped in chlorine water? Explain. ( 2mks)
30. A fixed mass of gas occupies 105cm3 at -14℃ and 650mmHg pressure. At what temperature will it have a volume
of 15cm3 if the pressure is adjusted to 690 mmHg pressure (2mks)

LANGATA/DAGORETTI CLUSTER
233/2
CHEMISTRY
Paper 2
THEORY
1. The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow. The letters do

m
not represent the actual symbols of the element.

co
s.
er
ap
N S

p
st
pa
K Q O se P F M
kc

R
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it

a) What name is given to the group of elements to which Q and R belong? (1 mark)
s
vi

b) Write the formula of the compound formed when Q and P combine. (1 mark)
rs

c) Name the type of bond formed in (b) above. (1 mark)

pe

d) How does the atomic radii of O and P compare? Give a reason. (2 marks)
pa

e) Draw a dot (.) and cross (x) diagram for the compound formed between N and F. (1 mark)
am

f) Explain how you would obtain a pure sample of the carbonate of K from its mixture with Lead carbonate
ex

powder. (2 marks)
e
fre

g) Give one use of element M. (1 mark)

h) The melting point of M is -189oC lower than that of F -102oC. Explain this difference in their melting points.
e
or

(2 marks)
rm
fo

2. The list below shows the formulae of some organic compounds. Use letters T1 to T6 to answer the questions that
follow.
T1 – CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3
T2 – CH3CH2CH2COOC2H5
T3 – CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
T4 – CH3CH2CH2COOH
T5 – CH3CH2CHCH2
T6 – CH3CCCH3
(a) Select two compounds which:
(i) Are not hydrocarbons (1mk)

23
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(ii) Would decolourise both bromine water and acidified potassium manganite (VII) (1mk)
(iii) Would produce hydrogen gas when reacted with potassium metal (1mk)
(b) Select a compound which would produce bubbles of a gas when reacted with sodium carbonate.(1mk)
(c) (i)Identify the compound that is likely to undergo polymerization. Give a reason for your answer. Using two
molecules show how polymerization occurs.
I. Compound (1mk)
II. Reasons (1mk)
III. Polymerization (1mk)

(iv) Name the process by which compound T2 is formed and identify the compounds that were used to form it.
I. Process (1mk)
II. Compounds (1mk)
(d) Compound T3 can be converted to T4 as shown by the equation below:
C4H9OH(l) + O2(g) C3H7COOH(aq) + H2O(l)

m
co
Given the following information:

s.
er
ΔHc for C4H9OH = - 4910 kJ/mol

p ap
ΔHc for C3H7COOH = - 4090 kJ/mol

st
Determine the heat change for the reaction above. pa (2mks)
se
kc

3. a) What is meant by the term molar enthalpy of combustion? (1mks)

ee

b) The enthalpies of combustion of carbon, hydrogen and ethanol are given below.
.fr
w
w
w

C(s)+ O2(g) CO2(g) ∆ H = -393kJmol-1

s it
vi
rs

H2(g) + ½ O2(g) H2O(l) ∆H = - 286 kJmol-1

pe
pa

Enthalpy of combustion of ethanol ∆H = -1369kJ/ mol

am
ex
e

i) Draw an energy cycle diagram that links the enthalpy of formation of ethanol to enthalpies of combustion of
fre

Carbon, hydrogen and ethanol. (3 marks)

e
or

ii) Determine the enthalpy of formation of ethanol (1 marks)

rm

c. An experiment was carried out where different volumes of dilute nitric acid (v) acid and aqueous potassium
fo

hydroxide both at 25oC were mixed and stirred with a thermometer.

The highest temperature reached by each mixture was recorded in the table below.

Volume of nitric (V) acid

(cm3) 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Volume of potassium
hydroxide cm3 36 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4
Highest temperature of
mixture 19.8 22.2 24.6 27.0 27.0 25.0 23.0 21.0 19.0

Plot a graph of highest temperature (vertical axis) against volume of nitric acid. (horizontal axis) 3mks
Using your graph, determine the;

24
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
i.highest temperature reached ( ½ marks)
ii.The volume of the acid that reacted when the highest temperature is reached. ( ½ marks)
iii.The amount of heat liberated during the neutralization process
(Specific heat capacity is 4.2jg-1K-1 and the density of solution is 1.0gcm-3 (2 marks)

d) The molar enthalpies of neutralization for dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric (v) acid are -55
KJmol-1.while that of ethanoic acid is -52.2kJ/mol. Explain this observation. (2 mks)

4. Experiment was set as shown below.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
(a) What is observed on the bulb when the switch is closed? pa (1mk)
se
(b) Which electrode will be cathode? (1mk)
kc
ee

(c) Write down the half-cell equations for:

.fr

i. Copper electrode. (1mk)

w

ii. Zinc electrode. (1mk)

w
w

(d) Write the overall ionic equation for the electrochemical cell. (1mk)
it
s
vi
rs

(e) The table below shows the electrode potentials.

pe
pa

Cu2+ (aq) + 2e- Cu(s) E θ = + 0.34V

am
ex
e
fre

Zn2+ (aq) + 2e- Zn(s) E θ = – 0.76V

e
or
rm
fo

What is the value of the voltage of the cell? (2mks)

(f) The switch is kept closed. State and explain the observation expected after sometime on the
(i) The zinc rod. (2mks)
(ii) Copper (II)Sulphate solution. (2mks)

25
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
5. The chart below represents the extraction of iron and some of its uses.

Raw materials exhaust gases

Wrought
Blast Pig Iron Steel
Hot air Iron
furnace
Molten iron

HCL (aq) Iron fillings

slag

Step I steam Step II Step III

Cl(g)
Black Solid C + gas Y Solid
B

m
Solution A

co
s.
er
ap
Step IV (NH3 (aq)

p
st
Solid x pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w

(a) Name the raw materials fed into the blast furnace. (2mks)
s it
vi

(b) Name 3 exhaust gases emitted from the blast furnace. (1½mks)
rs

(c) (i)Why is it necessary to convert pig iron into wrought iron (1mk)
pe

(ii)State one commercial use of iron. (1mk)

pa

(d) Name substances

am

A, B,C,X & Y (2½mks)

ex

(e) Write equations for reactions in steps

e

i) II
fre

ii) III (2mks)

e
or

iii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction in step I. (1mk)

rm

iv) What observations are made in steps? (2mks)

fo

I
I

26
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

6. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Brine Ammoniacal
Tower P Filter
Brine
Solution
Gas Q F
Heating
Gas M Chamber C
Limestone
Solid X
Add water
Heat
Chamber K
Na2CO3

m
co
s.
L

er
p ap
st
pa
a) Name Gas M se (1 mark)
b) Name solution F and solid X (1 mark)
kc

c) Name the product L formed and give one of its uses

ee

d) Write equation of the reaction in the;

.fr
w

(2 mark)
w

i. tower P -
w
it

ii. chamber K -
s
vi

e) Name two raw materials required in the manufacture of Sodium carbonate (2 marks)
rs

f) Write an equation of the reaction when solid x is heated. (1 mark)

pe

7. The table below shows the volume of nitrogen (IV) Oxide produced when different volumes of 1M Nitric (V)acid
pa

– were each reacted with 4.14g of lead at room temperature.

am
ex

Volume of 1 M Nitric (V) acid (cm3) Volume of Nitrogen (IV) oxide gas (cm3)
e
fre

10 120
e

30 360
or
rm

50 600
fo

70 840
90 960
110 960

(a) Explain how the rate of the reaction between lead and nitric (V) acid would be affected if the temperature of the
reaction mixture was lowered. (1mks)
(b) On the grid provided below plot a graph of the volume of the gas produced (vertical axis) against volume of
acid. (3mks)
(c) Using the graph, determine the volume of
(i) Nitrogen (IV) oxide produced when 60cm3 of 1M Nitric (V) acid were reacted with 4.14g of lead.
(1mk)
(ii) 1M Nitric (V) acid which would react completely with 4.14g of lead. (1mk)
(d) Using the answer in d(ii)above, determine
(i) The volume of 1M Nitric (V) acid that would react completely with one mole of lead. (Pb = 207).
(2mks)

27
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(e) Calculate the number of moles of
(i) 1M Nitric (IV) acid reacted with one mole of lead. (1mk)
(ii) Nitrogen (IV) oxide produced when one mole of lead were reacted with excess nitric acid. (Molar gas
volume is 24000cm3).
(f) Using the answers obtained in e(i) and e(ii) above; write the equation for the reaction between lead and nitric
(V) acid given that one mole of lead (II) nitrate and two moles of water were produced (1mk)
(g) Give a reason why nitric (V) acid is stored in dark bottles. (1mk)

LANGATA/DAGORETTI CLUSTER
233/3 CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
END OF TERM II 2020

(CONFIDENTIAL)

In addition to the apparatus found in the laboratory each candidate will require the following
 About 0.5g of solid F
 About 1g of solid G

m
co
 6 clean test-tubes

s.
 Universal indicator solution and a pH chart

er
Ethanol supplied with a dropper

ap

Clean dry metallic spatula

p


st
1 boiling tube
pa

Distilled water
se

kc

 Solution J, about 130cm3

ee

 Solution Q, about 160cm3

.fr


Solution R, about 30cm3
w
w

 Screened methyl orange indicator

w

 Methyl orange indicator

it
s

 100ml measuring cylinder

vi

Filter paper
rs


pe

 Means of labeling
pa

 Solid P
am

 Thermometer
ex

 100ml beaker
e
fre

Access to the following;

e
or

 Ethanol supplied with a dropper

rm

 Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid supplied with a dropper bottle

fo

 Acidified Potassium dichromate (VI) solution

 Acidified Potassium Manganate (VII) solution.
 2M Ba(NO3)2 solution.
 2M NaOH solution.
 2M HCl acid.
 Source of heat.

Preparation
 Solution J is 0.12M HCL, prepared by adding about 800cm3 of distilled water to 4.05cm3of concentrated HCL
of density
1.08gcm-3 and making it to one litre of solution.
 Solution Q is prepared by dissolving 5.3g of anhydrous sodium carbonate in enough distilled water and making
up to one
litre of solution.
 Solution R is prepared by dissolving 15.75g of hydrated barium hydroxide in enough distilled water and top up
to one
28
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
litre of solution.
 Solid P is 2.0g of oxalic acid weighed accurately and supplied in a stoppered container
 Solid F is maleic acid
 Solid G is sodium sulphite

233/3
CHEMISTRY
Paper 3
(PRACTICAL)

1.You are provided with:

− A monobasic acid HA, solution J.
− Sodium carbonate solution, solution Q, containing 1.325g in 250cm3 of solution.
− Solution R, containing 15.75g of M(OH).8H2O per litre.
− Screened methyl orange indicator.

m
co
You are required to:

s.
− Standardize solution J.

er
ap
− Determine the relative atomic mass of element M in M (OH)2. 8H2O.

p
st
pa
se
Procedure 1
kc

Fill the burette with solution J. Pipette 25cm3 of solution Q into a clean 250ml conical flask and add 2 – 3 drops of
ee
.fr

screened methyl orange indicator. Titrate this solution with the solution in the burette and record your results in table
w

1 below. Repeat this procedure and complete the table. Retain solution J in the burette for use in procedure II.
w
w

Table 1
it

Titre I II III
s
vi

Final burette reading (cm )

3
rs
pe

Initial burette reading(cm3)

pa
am

Volume of J used (cm3)

ex
e
fre

(4 marks)
a) Calculate the average volume of solution J used. (1 mark
e
or

b) Determine the concentration of solution Q in moles per litre (Na=23, C=12, O=16 ) (1 mark)
rm

c) (i)Determine the number of moles of the monobasic acid solution, HA, that are in the averaged value
fo

calculated in (b) above. (1 mark)

(ii) Determine the concentration of solution J in moles per litre. (1 mark)

Procedure 2
− Using a 25cm3 measuring cylinder, transfer 25cm3 of solution R into a clean 250ml conical flask. Using a 100ml
measuring cylinder, transfer 75cm3 of solution Q into the flask with solution R. Boil the mixture for about 5
minutes. After cooling filter into a conical flask and transfer the filtrate into a clean 100ml measuring cylinder
and add distilled water to make exactly 100cm3 of solution. Label this solution as solution S.
− Pipette 25cm3 of solution S into a conical flask and titrate it with solution J using 2 drops of screened methyl
orange indicator. Record your results in table 2 below. Repeat this to complete the table.

29
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Table 2
Titre I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)

Initial burette reading(cm3)

Volume of J used (cm3)

(4 marks)
d) Calculate the average volume of solution J used. (1mark)
e) Determine the number of moles of:
i) The monobasic acid, HA, in the average volume. (1 mark)
ii) Sodium carbonate in 25cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
iii) Sodium carbonate in 75cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
iv) Sodium carbonate in the original 75cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
v) Sodium carbonate that reacted with solution R. (1 mark)
vi) M (OH)2. 8H2O in 25cm3 of solution R. (1 mark)
(1 mole of M (OH)2. 8H2O reacts with one mole of sodium carbonate)

m
f) Determine

co
(i) the concentration of solution R in moles per litre. (1mark)

s.
er
ap
p
(ii) the relative formula mass of M(OH)2.8H2O. (1 mark)

st
pa
(iii) the relative atomic mass of M (O=16.0, H=1.0) se (1mark)
kc
ee

2. You are provided with:

.fr

Solid P, 2.0 g of a dibasic acid H2X.

w
w

You are required to determine the molar heat of solution of solid P.

w
its

PROCEDURE
vi
rs

Place 30cm3 of distilled water into a 100ml beaker. Measure the initial temperature of the water and record it in
pe

the table below. Add all the solid P at once and stir the mixture carefully with the thermometer until all the solid
pa

dissolves. Measure the final temperature reached and record it in table.

am
ex

Final temperature (oC)

e
fre

Initial temperature (oC)

e
or
rm

(3 marks)
fo

a) Determine the change in temperature, ∆T. (1 mark)

b) Calculate the:
i. heat change when H2X dissolves in water. (Assume the heat capacity of the solution is 4.2 Jg-1oC -1 and
density is 1g/cm3) (2 marks)
ii. Number of moles of the acid that were used. (Relative formula mass of H2X is 126) (1mark)
iii. Molar heat of solution, ∆H, of the acid H2X.
(1mark)
3. You are provided with solid G. Place all solid G in a boiling tube. Add distilled water and shake. Divide the
resulting solution into three portions.

Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

30
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
i) To the first portion add drops of 2M sodium hydroxide.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

ii) To the second portion dip a metallic spatula in the solution and burn it directly on a non-luminous
flame.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

iii) To the third portion add three drops of barium nitrate solution followed by 2cm3 of 2M hydrochloric acid.

Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

m
co
s.
er
pap
iv) To the fourth portion add three drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI) solution.

st
pa
Inferences 0bservations se
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)
kc
ee
.fr
w
w

b) You are provided with solid F. Carry out the tests below and record your observations and inferences in the spaces
w
it

provided
s
vi
rs

(i) Using a metallic spatula, heat half of solid F in a non-luminous bunsen burner flame .
pe

Inferences 0bservations
pa
am

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)
ex
e
fre

(ii) Put a half spatula endful of solid F into a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water
e
or

and shake.
rm

Inferences 0bservations
fo

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

Divide the resulting solution from a(ii) above into two portions
(iii) To the first portion,2 -3 drops of universal indicator and determine its pH.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

(iv)To the second portion, add two drop of acidified potassium Manganate (VII) solution and shake.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

31
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(c) Put half spatula endful of solid F into a boiling tube and add 5 drops of ethanol followed by 2 drops of
concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid.warm the mixture.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

32
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
KIRINYAGA WEST
233/1
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1 (THEORY)

1. Name the process which takes place when:-

(i) Iodine changes directly from gas to solid. (1mk)
(ii) Fe 2+ (aq) changes to Fe 3+ (aq) (1mk)
(iii) White sugar changes to black solid when mixed with excess concentrated sulphuric (IV) acid. (1mk)
2. The apparatus below was set up for the reaction of catalytic oxidation of ammonia. Study it and answer
the questions that follow.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
(i) Write an equation for the reaction that take place in the gas jar. (1mk)
(ii) What is the role of hot nichrome wire.
pa (1mk)
se
(iii) Write the formula of the complex ion formed when excess ammonia gas is passed through a solution
kc
ee

containing Zn2+ ions. (1mk)

.fr

3. 9.12g of a gaseous compound contains 8g of silicon while the rest is hydrogen. Determine expirical
w
w

formula of the compound. (Si = 28, H = 1) (3mks)

w

4. The set-up below was used to study some properties of air.

its
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

a) Draw a well labeled diagram showing the observation made after five days. (3mks)
5. 16g of ethanol (C2H5OH) were completely burnt in air. The heat evolved caused the temperature of
600cm3 of water to change from 200C to 850C. Calculate the molar enthalpy of combustion of ethanol.
(H = 1, C= 12, O = 16, S.H.C = 4.2Kj/Kg/k) (3mks)
6. Calculate the volume of oxygen produced when 10g of silver nitrate was completely decomposed by
heating at s.t.p. (Ag= 108, N = 14, O = 16, M.G.V. at s.t.p = 22.4dm3) (3mks)
7. A radioactive substance underwent decay as shown below.

230 230 z
X P+ 2 S
92 94 y
(i) Identify particle S (1mk)
(ii) List two properties of particle S (2mks)
124
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
8. a) What is fractional crystallization? (1mk)
b) The table below gives the solubility of X and Y at 00C and at 450C.
Salt Solubility in g/100g of water
00C 450C
X 53 73
Y 10 11
A solution containing 57g of X and 8g of Y in 100g of water at 700C was cooled to 00C. Some crystals
were observed.
i. Identify the crystals formed. (1mk)
ii. Calculate the mass of the crystals formed. (1mk)
9. Complete the table below.
Metal Aluminium Lead Sodium
Chief Ore Bauxite i) ____________ Rock Salt

m
co
Chemical formula ii) ____________ iii) ___________ iv) _____________

s.
er
ap
Method of extraction v) ____________ Reduction vi) _____________

p
st
pa
se
10. The molecular formula of a hydrocarbon is C6H14. It can be converted into two smaller hydrocarbons as
kc
ee

shown below.
.fr
w

C6H14 X + C3H8
w
w

a) Name the process through which C6H14 is converted to X and C3H8. (1mk)
its
vi

b) Name X and draw the structural formula. (1mk)

rs

c) Write the chemical equation for the complete combustion of C3H8. (1mk)
pe

11. Use the information below to answer the equations that follow.
pa
am

Al 3+ + 3e- Al(s) E0 = -1.66V

ex
e

Fe2+ + 2e- Fe(s) E0 = -0.44V

fre
e

a. Calculate the e.m.f. of the cell formed by combining the two half cells. (1mk)
or
rm

b. Why is it not advisable to keep a solution of iron (II) nitrate in a container made of Aluminium?
(2mks)
fo

12. Study the diagram below which shows energy level diagram.

Na+ (g) + Cl- (g)

ΔH2 = -690kJ/Mol

ΔH1 Na+ (aq) + Cl- (aq)

Energy

NaCl(s) ΔH3 = +20kJ/Mol

125
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

Reaction path
(i) Name enthalpy (2mks)
ΔH1
ΔH2
(ii) Calculate the ΔH1 from the energy level diagram. (1mk)

13. Starting with copper powder describe how pure copper (II) carbonate can be prepared. (3mks)
14. The graph below is a plot of concentration against time for a given reaction.

m
co
s.
er
p ap
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it

a) What is represented by curve X? Explain. (1mk)

s
vi

b) Explain why curve Y drops fast initially. (1mk)

rs
pe

c) What does point Z represent on the curve? (1mk)

pa

15. The table below gives some of properties of the three elements in Group (VII) in the periodic table. The
am

letters do not represent the actual symbols of elements. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
ex
e
fre

Element Melting point 0C Boiling point 0C

e
or
rm

W -101 -34.7
fo

P -7 58.8
S 114 184

a. Which element is a gas at room temperature? Give a reason. (1mk)

b. Explain why the boiling point of P is higher than that of W? (1mk)
c. In which chemical family do W, P, S belong to? (1mk)
16. (a) State the product of electrolysis of molten copper (II) chloride at the cathode. (1mk)
b) Explain why the solid copper (II) chloride does not conduct electric current but does it in molten
form. (1mk)
c) Explain why mercury is not an electrolyte? (1mk)
17. Describe how to prepare crystals of potassium sulphate starting with 50cm3 of 1M potassium hydroxide.
(3mks)

126
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

18. In an experiment dry hydrogen gas was passed over heated lead (II) oxide as shown in the diagram
below.

m
co
s.
er
a) Name liquid Q (1mk)

ap
b) State the observation made at the jet. (1mk)

p
st
c) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the combustion tube. (1mk)
19. State two differences between non-luminous and luminous flames. pa (2mks)
se
kc

Non-luminous Luminous
ee
.fr
w

i) i)
w
w

ii) ii)
s it
vi
rs
pe
pa

20. Study the scheme below and answer the questions that follow.
am

Solid B
ex

No white
Solid D
e

Water precipitate
fre
e
or

Acidified Dil. HCl

rm

Colourless
fo

Ba(NO3)2 (aq)
solution

Excess Excess
NH4OH(aq NaOH(aq)

White precipitate White precipitate

insoluble in excess soluble in excess

127
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
a) Identify solution M and solid D.
i. Solution M (1mk)
ii. Solid D (1mk)
b) Write an ionic equation for the reaction between solution M and excess of ammonia NH4OH(aq)
(1mk)
21. Carbon (II) oxide gas can be prepared in the laboratory by the process shown below.
Conc. H2SO4
(COOH)2 (aq) CO 2(g) + CO(g) + H2O(l)

a) State the function of con. H2SO4 in the equation above. (1mk)

b) How would you remove carbon (IV) oxide from the mixture of carbon (IV) oxide and carbon (II)
oxide. (1mk)
c) State one industrial use of carbon (II) oxide. (1mk)
22. State observation made when sulphur (IV) oxide is bubbled through.
a. Acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution. (1mk)
b. Acidified potassium chromate (VI) solution. (1mk)

m
co
c. Which property of sulphur (IV) oxide is demonstrated by (a) and (b) above. (1mk)

s.
23. Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow.

er
ap
Hydrocarbon Number of carbon atoms Relative molecular mass of the hydrocarbon

p
st
A 2 28
pa
se
kc

B 3 42
ee
.fr

C 4 56
w
w
w

i. What is a hydrocarbon? (1mk)

it
s

ii. Predict the relative molecular mass of the hydrocarbon with 5 carbon atoms and draw its structural
vi
rs

formula.
pe
pa

RMM = _______________ (1mk)

am

Structural formula (1mk)

ex
e

24. Define the following terms

fre

a) Isomerism (1mk)
e
or

b) Vulcanisation (1mk)
rm
fo

128
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

25. The diagram below shows a chromatogram obtained when flower extracts of a given plant were
subjected to chromatography.

m
N

co
s.
Flower extract Substance Substance Substance

er
ap
X Y Z

p
st
pa
se
a) Name the parts labeled
kc
ee

M ______________________________________________________________ (1mk)
.fr
w

N ________________________________________________________________ (1mk)
w
w

b) Which subtances make up the flower extract? (1mk)

it
s
vi

26. Use the information in the table below to answser the questions that follow. The letters do not represent
rs

the actual symbols of the elements.

pe
pa

Element I II III IV V
am
ex

Atomic 18 5 3 5 20
e

number
fre
e

Mass 40 10 7 11 40
or
rm

number
fo

a) Which two elements represent isotopes?

Give a reason. (2mks)
b) Calculate the number of neutrons in an atom of element I. (1mk)
27. a) State the Charles’s law. (1mk)
b) The volume of a sample of hydrogen gas at a temperature of 180C and 2.0 x 105 pascals was 4.5 x 10-2
M3. Calculate the temperature at which the volume of the gas would be 2.8 x 10-2M3 at 2.0 x 105
pascals. (2mks)
28. What is an atom? (1mk)

129
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
KIRINYAGA WEST
233/2
CHEMISTRY (THEORY)
PAPER 2

1. a) The grid below shows part of the periodic table. Use it to answer the questions that follow. The letters
do not represent actual symbols.

C
G

D E F K
H J L M

m
ii) Select the most reactive non-metal. Explain. (2mks)

co
s.
iii)Identify an element that does not form compounds. (1mk)

er
iv) Write the formula of the nitride of D. (1mk)

app
v) Identify the element that forms giant covalent structure. (1mk)

st
pa
vi) How does the reactivity of C with chlorine compare with of H with chlorine? Explain.
se (2mks)
b) 1.08g of element E were heated in a stream of excess chlorine gas.
kc
ee

i) Write a balanced equation of the reaction. (1mk)

.fr

ii) Calculate the maximum mass of the product formed. (E = 27, Cl = 35.5) (2mks)
w
w

c) Using dots (● ) and crosses ( X ) to represent electrons, draw a diagram to show the bonding in
w

compound formed when K reacts with J. (1mk)

it
s
vi

d) State and explain the observation made when sodium carbonate powder is added to aqueous solution
rs

of Iron (III) chloride in a test tube. (2mks)

pe
pa

2. a) The set up below was used to investigate some properties of hydrogen,

am
ex
e
fre

Copper (II) oxide Flame

e
or
rm
fo

Dry

Hydrogen

gas

i) What condition is missing in the set up for the reaction to occur? (1/2mk)
ii) Hydrogen gas is allowed to pass through the tube for some time before it is lit.
Explain. (2mks)
iii)Write an equation for the reaction that occurs in the combustion tube. (1mk)
iv) When the reaction is complete, hydrogen gas is passed through the apparatus until they cool.
Explain. (1mk)
v) What property of hydrogen is being investigated? (1/2mk)
vi) What observation confirms the property in (v) above. (1mk)

130
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
b) i) State one way in which nuclear reactions differ from ordinary chemical reactions. (1mk)
ii) The following is part of Uranium decay series

u 234 Pa
Step 2 Step 3
238 Step 1 234 Z
92 90
Th 91 A
X

i) Which particles are emitted in Step 1 and 2? (2mks)

ii) If a beta particles is emitted in Step 3, find the value of Z and A. (1mk)
iii) If the activity of Thorium – 234 is reduced to 12.5% in 48 hours, find its half-life. (2mks)
3. Study the given reduction potentials and answer the questions that follow. The letter do not represent the actual
symbols of elements.
EO(V)

m
X 2+ (aq) + 2e- X(s) -2.90

co
s.
Y 2+ (aq) + 2e- Y(s) -2.38

er
ap
Z 2+ (aq) + 2e- Z (s) 0.00

p
st
½ A2 (g) + e- A (aq) +2.87
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

i. Which element is likely to be hydrogen. (1mk)

w
w

ii. Draw an electrochemical cell formed when Y and A are combined. Show the direction of flow of
w
it

electrons. (2mks)
s
vi

iii. Calculate the e.m.f. of the electrochemical cell in (ii) above. (2mks)
rs

b) The set up below was used during the electrolysis of a solution of Magnesium sulphate using inert
pe
pa

electrodes.
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

i. Identify the ions present in the electrolyte. (1mk)

ii. Write half equation for the reactions taking place at
(i) Cathode (1mk)
(ii) Anode (1mk)
(iii) Which electrode is the cathode? Explain. (2mks)
c) Calculate the quantity of electricity that would liberate 1.2dm3 of oxygen gas at r.t.p.
131
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(1 mole of gas at r.t.p = 24dm3, 1F = 96500) (2mks)
4. a) The set up below can be used to prepare ethyne gas.

m
co
s.
er
(i) Identify substance Q (1mk)

ap
(ii) Write the equation for the reaction for the production of enthyne gas. (1mk)

p
st
3 3
(iii) In an experiment, 100cm of ethyne gas was mixed with 60cm of oxygen gas and the mixture
pa
se
ignited. Determine the total volume of the gaseous mixture at the end of experiment under standard
kc

conditions. (2mks)
ee
.fr

b) Give the systematic names of the following compounds.

w
w
w

i) CH3 CH CH2 CH CH2

s it
vi
rs
pe
pa

CH3 _______________________ (1mk)

am

O
ex
e
fre
e

ii) CH3 CH2 C O CH2 CH3 _____________________________ (1mk)

or
rm
fo

132
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
c) Study the scheme below and answer the questions that follow.

H2 (g) HCl (g)

\ CH3CH2CH3 N T
Ni (s)

Cr2O7 2- / H + (aq)

Na2CO3 (aq)
Z CH3CH2COOH Q

m
NaOH

co
s.
er
pap
st
X H2O
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

i) Name the substances (2mk)

w

ii) Write the equation for the reaction leading to the formation of product Z. (1mk)
w
w

iii)Substance M reacts with propanoic acid to form substance Q. Name this type of reaction.
it
s
vi

iv) Draw the structure of the compound T and give its name. (2mks)
rs

5. The table below gives the volume of the gas produced when different volumes of 2M hydrochloric acid
pe
pa

were reacted with 1.0g of a lump of an alloy of magnesium and copper at room temperature.
am

Volume of 2M Volume of gas (cm3)

ex

HCl (cm3)
e
fre

0 0
e
or
rm

10 240
fo

20 480
30 600
40 600
50 600

a) Write an equation for the reaction that occurred. (1mk)

b) On the grid provided below, plot a graph of the volume of the gas produced (vertical axis) against the
volume of acid added. (3mks)
c) From the graph, determine
i) The volume of the gas produced if 13.0cm3 of the 2M HCl had been used. (1/2mk)
ii) The volume of the 2M HCl required for the reaction to go to completion. (1/2mk)
133
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
d) State and explain the effect on the rate of production of gas if
i) 1.0g of the lump of the alloy was replaced by 1.0g powder of the alloy. (11/2mks)
ii) the reaction was carried out at 350C. (11/2mks
e) Calculate the percentage of copper in the alloy.
(Mg = 24, Molar gas volume at r.t.p = 24000cm3) (3mks)
6. The flow chart below shows the industrial manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.

SO2 (g) Air

Electrostatic Precipitation

m
co
s.
er
ap
98% H2SO4 H2SO4(l) Storage

p
st
Drier
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

Catalystic Absorption Diluter Soft water

w
w
w

converter tower
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa

Air
am
ex

a) i) Using an equation state one source of sulphur (IV) oxide. (1mk)

e

ii) Name one substance removed by electrostatic precipitation. (1mk)

fre

iii) Name a suitable substance that can be used in the drier. (1mk)
e
or

iv) In the catalytic converter, the temperature is adjusted to about 4500C without external heating.
rm

Explain. (1mk)
fo

v) Write an equation of the process taking place in the absorption tower. (1mk)
vi) Explain why it is not advisable to use hard water in the diluter. (1mk)
b) Sulphuric acid reacts both as an acid and an oxidizing agent. Using zinc metal illustrate with equations these
properties. (2mks)
c) Concentrated sulphuric acid is used to prepare the other two mineral acids i.e. nitric acid and hydrochloric acid.
What property of the acid makes it possible? (1mk
d) The reaction shown below occurs in the catalytic converter.
2SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2SO3 (g) ; ΔH = -ve.
State two ways that could be used to increase the yield of SO3 (g) (1mk

134
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

7. The flow chart below shows some reactions starting with lead (II) nitrate. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.

Lead (II) Carbonate

Step 6 reagent K

Aqueous Lead (II) Nitrate

Step 5 water

Lead (II) Nitrate

m
Dry hydrogen gas

co
s.
er
Step 1

p ap
st
pa
Nitrogen (IV) Oxide Lead (II) Oxide
se Products
kc

+ Gas Q Step 4
ee
.fr
w
w
w

Step 3 Hot conc. HNO3

Step 2 water
s it
vi
rs
pe
pa

Gas Q Acidic products S and R Colourless solution

am
ex
e
fre

a) i) State the conditions necessary in Step 4 (1mk)

e
or

ii) Identify
rm

a) Reagent K (1/2mk)
fo

b) Gas Q (1/2mk)
c) Acidic products S and R. (1mk)
iii) Write
a) The ionic equation for the reaction in step 6. (1mk)
b) The equation for the reaction in Step 4. (1mk)
b) The use of materials made by Lead in roofing and water pipes is being discharged. State
i. Two reasons why these materials have been used in the past. (2mks)
ii. One reason why their use is discouraged. (1mk)
c) The reaction between Lead (II) Nitrate and sulphuric acid starts and stops immediately. Explain.
(2mks)

135
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO SCHOOLS
233/3
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
In addition to the fittings and apparatus found in a Chemistry laboratory, each candidate will require the
following:
1. 100 cm3 of solution J
2. 100 cm3 of solution P
3. 50 ml burette
4. 25 ml pipette
5. A white tile
6. 250ml conical flask
7. Solid Q
8. 1 boiling tube
9. 5 test tubes in a rack
10. Solid H
11. Metallic spatula

m
co
12. Solid sodium hydrogen carbonate in a stoppered container (0.1g)

s.
13. A blue and red litmus paper

er
ap
14. 10ml measuring cylinder

p
15. Test tube holder

st
pa
se
kc

Access to:
ee
.fr

1. Methyl Orange indicator

w
w

2. Bunsen burner
w

3. 0.5M sodium chloride with a dropper

it
s
vi

4. Distilled water in a wash bottle

rs

5. Universal indicator solution

pe

6. 2M Sodium hydroxide solution with a dropper

pa

7. 2M aqueous ammonia solution with a dropper

am

8. pH chart
ex

9. 2M Nitric (V) acid with a dropper

e
fre

10. Acidified Potassium manganate (VII) solution with a dropper (0.02M)

e

11. Acidified Potassium dichromate (VI) solution with a dropper (0.166M)

or
rm

12. 2M Barium nitrate solution

fo

Notes:
1. Solution P is 0.1 M anhydrous Sodium carbonate
2. Solution J is 0.25M Hydrochloric acid
3. Solid Q is hydrated Aluminium ammonium sulphate (1g)
4. Solid H is Maleic acid (0.5g)
5. 0.02M H+ /KMnO4 is prepared by dissolving 3.2g of KMnO4 in 400cm3 of 1M H2SO4 and then
diluting to one litre.
6. 0.166M acidified K2Cr2O7 is prepared by dissolving 4.6g of K2Cr2O7 in 400cm3 of 1M H2SO4 and
then diluting to one litre.

136
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
KIRINYAGA WEST
233/3
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL

1. You are provided with:

a) Solution P, containing 10.6g of X2CO3 per litre.
b) Solution J, 0.25M hydrochloric acid.
You are required to;
a) Determine the relative formula mass of P.
b) Calculate the relative atomic mass of X.

Procedure
Using a pipette place 25cm3 of solution P into a conical flask. Add three drops of methyl orange indicator.
Fill the burette with solution J and titrate solution P with solution J. Record your results in the table below.
Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
Table of results

st
Experiment number I II pa III
se
kc
ee

Final burette reading (cm³)

.fr
w

Initial burette reading(cm³)

w

(4 marks)
w

Volume of solution J
it
s
vi

Used (cm3)
rs
pe
pa
am

a) Calculate;
ex

i. The average volume of solution J used. (1mark)

e
fre

ii. The number of moles of solution J used. (2marks)

e

b) The equation for the reaction is;

or
rm

2HCl (aq) + X2CO 3(aq) 2XCl (aq) + CO2 (g) + H2O (l)
fo

Calculate;
i. The number of moles of solution P used. (2 marks)
ii. Molarity of solution P, X2CO3 (2 marks)
iii. The relative formula mass of P (2 marks)
iv. Given that C = 12, O = 16 and H = 1, calculate the relative atomic mass of X in X2CO3. (2marks)
2. You are provided with solid Q. Carry out the following tests. Write your observations and inferences in
the spaces provided.
a) Place about one half of solid Q in a dry test tube. Heat gently then strongly. Test any gases
produced with blue and red litmus papers.

137
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
b)
Observations Inferences
(2mks) (1mk)

c) Place the remaining amount of solid Q in a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water and
shake the mixture.
Observations Inferences
(1mk) (1mk)

c) Divide solution Q into four portions of 2cm3 each in separate test tubes. Use the portions for tests
(i) to (iv) below.
i) To the first portion add sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until in excess.

Observations Inferences
(1mk) (1mk)

ii) To the second portion add about 1cm3 of sodium chloride solution.

m
co
s.
Observations Inferences

er
ap
(1mk) (1mk)

p
st
pa
iii) To the third portion add aqueous ammonia dropwise until in excess.
se
kc
ee

Observations Inferences
.fr

(1mk) (1mk)
w
w
w

iv) To the fourth portion add three drops of aqueous barium nitrate followed by five drops of nitric
it
s
vi

(V) acid.
rs

Observations Inferences
pe
pa

(1mk) (1mk)
am

3. You are provided with solid H. Carry out the tests below and record the observations and inferences
ex

in the spaces provided.

e
fre

a) Using a clean metallic spatula heat some of solid H in a Bunsen burner flame.
e
or
rm

Observations Inferences
fo

(1mk) (1mk)

b) Put the remaining solid H in a clean boiling tube. Add about 8cm3 of distilled water and shake well.

Observations Inferences
(1mk) (1mk)

c) Divide the solution obtained in (b) above into four portions.

i) use the first portion to determine the pH of he solution by adding three drops of universal indicator
solution.
Observations Inferences
(1mk) (1mk)

138
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

ii) To the second portion, add three drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution.
Observations Inferences
(1mk) (1mk)

iii) To the third portion add two drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI) solution.

Observations Inferences
(1mk) (1mk)

iv) To the fourth portion add solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.

Observations Inferences
(1mk) (1mk)

m
CEKENA

co
233/1

s.
er
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1

ap
THEORY

p
st
pa
se
1. (i) Give two reason why laboratory apparatus are made of glass. (2 mks)
kc

(ii) Name the apparatus drawn below and state its use (2 mks)
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre

2. (i) Using dots (.) and cross (x) to represent electrons draw the electron diagram for ammobia molecule (N = 7, H =
1) (1 mk)
e
or
rm

(i) Explain the following observations:

fo

Oxygen and sulphur are in the same group of the periodic table. The hydride of oxygen is a liquid at room
temperature while that of sulphur is gaseous at room temperature. (2 mks)

3. You are provided with the following reagents: Water, lead carbonate, dil.HNO3 and solid sodium chloride.
Describe in very clear steps how you would prepare a sample of lead II chloride (3 mks)

4. 30cm3 of 0.06M sodium hydroxide were reacted with 25cm3 of diabasic acid HOOC(CH2) x COOH, containing
4g/l. Calculate the value of x (3 mks)

5. (i) Nitric (V)acid prepared in the laboratory is yellow in colour. What causes the yellow colour
(1 mk)
(ii) State any 2 observations that would be made when concentrated HNO3 is added to copper turnings
(2 mks)
6. Phosphorous is in group (V) of the periodic table. Explain the following observations.
(i) Phosphorous exhibit two M.P (1 mk)
(ii) Chloride of phosphorous form misty fumes in damp air (2 mks)

139
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
7. Steam was passed over iron in a combustion tube as shown below.

iron
Gas x
steam

(i) What must be included in the diagram for iron to react (1 mk)
(ii) Name Gas x (1 mk)
(iii) State and explain the precautions to be observed when carrying out the above experiment
(2 mks)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
its
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

140
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
8. A gas of chlorine gas and air were inverted over a trough of sodium hydroxide as shown below.

(i) In which case was there a larger change in volume in the gas jar. Explain (2 mks)
(ii) State any one important use of chlorine (1 mk)
9. An organic compound contains carbon and hydrogen only. When this compound was burnt in excess air
it gave 9.6g of CO2 and 4.9g of H2O. The molecular mass of the hydrocarbon is 58. Determine the
molecular formula. (C = 12, H = 1) (3 mks)
10. (a) Name one gas used together with oxygen in welding other than acetylene gas. (1 mk)
(b) State two other uses of the gas named above (2 mks)

m
11. Study the experiment below and answer the questions that follow. The gas produced ignites

co
s.
spontaneously.

er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w

(i) Identify the metal used above (1 mk)

w

(ii) Which gas is produced (1 mk)

it
s
vi

(iii) What will be the colour of phenolphthalein indicator in the resulting solution (1 mk)
rs

12. The following diagram represents a charcoal burner. Study it and answer the following questions.
pe
pa
am

Burning charcoal
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm

Write the equation taking place at the regions

fo

A (1 mk)
B (1 mk)
C (1 mk)

13. State what would be observed if concentrated sulphuric (V1) acid is added to
(a) Sugar crystals (1 mk)
(b) Hydrated copper II sulphate crystals (1 mk)
(c) State the characteristics of the acid being tested above in (a) and (b) (1 mk)
14. When an electric current was passed through molten substances U and N in different containers the
following observations were made:
Molten M Conduct electricity and is not decomposed
Molten N Conduct electricity and a gas is formed at the electrodes

Suggest the type of bonding present in

141
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(a) Substance M (1 mk)
(b) Substance N (1 mk)
15. A given sample of ink is a mixture of red dye, blue dye and orange dye. The blue dye is least absorbed
than the rest and the red dye is most sticky.
(a) Complete the paper chromatogram below showing their separion (11/2 mks)

Ink spot

(b) The above dyes are soluble in water. Describe how pure sample of blue dye can be obtained
(1 mk)
(c) Name the solvent used in paper chromatography (1/2 mk)
16. An element X form an ion with formula X+. The electronic configuration of X is 2.8.

m
(i) To which family of elements does element X belong? Explain. (2 mks)

co
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of element X and water. (1 mk)

s.
er
17. Element W has two isotopes W – 36 and W – 40 which occur in the ratio X:4. Given that R.A.M of W

ap
is 37.25, find the value of X (3 mks)

p
st
18. Describe an experiment that can be used to determine whether a given sample of a liquid is pure.
pa (2 mks)
se
19. Below is a set up apparatus used to react ammonia gas with iron (II) chloride
kc
ee

Ammonia
.fr
w

gas Funnel
w
w
it

Beaker
s
vi
rs

Diluted solution of iro (II)) chloride

pe
pa
am
ex

(a) State observation made in the beaker (1 mk)

e

(b) Write ionic equation for the reaction taking place (1 mk)
fre

(c) Give a reason for using a funnel to deliver the ammonia into beaker (1 mk)
e
or

20. An hydrocarbon can be represented as C2H2

rm

(a) Name the hydrocarbon (1 mk)

fo

(b) State two reagents that can be used to generate the hydrocarbon (1 mk)
(c) Identify the group of hydrocarbon into which C2H2 belongs to (1 mk)

142
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

21. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

NH3 NH3
Step 1 solvent 1 NH3 Solution B
NH3 NH3
NH3
NH3
NH3
NH3 NH3 Step 11 solvent II
NH+4 OH-
OH- NH+4
Liquid A NH+4 OH- Solution C

m
(a) Identify the solvent used in step I and step II (2 mks)

co
(b) State and explain what is observed if s red litmus paper was dipped in solution B and C (2 mks)

s.
er
ap
22. The table below shows solutions and their PH value

p
st
Solution P R Z
pa
se
PH value 2.0 7.0 14.0
kc
ee

(a) Select two solutions that would react with Zinc hydroxide. Explain 11/2 mks)
.fr
w
w
w

(b) Write an ionic equation for the reaction between Copper (II) ions in a solution and excess ammonia
it

solution (1 mk)
s
vi

(c) Name the complex ion formed in the reaction in (b) above (1/2 mk)
rs
pe

23. The apparatus below was set for the preparation of oxygen gas in the laboratory.
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

Sodium peroxide

(a) Complete the diagram to show how oxygen gas is collected. (1 mk)
(b) Name liquid Q (1 mk)
(c) Write balanced chemical equation for the reaction that takes place in the flask (1 mk)
(d) Give a reason why it is preferred to use warm water to cold water when collected oxygen gas.
(1 mk)

143
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

24. Study the information in the table below and answer the questions below

Bond C–H Cl – Cl C - Cl H – Cl
Bond energy K/mole 414 244 326 431

Calculate the enthalpy change of the reaction

CH4(g) + Cl2 (g) u.v C H3Cl(l) + HCl(g) (3 mks)

25. (a) State Graham’s law (1 mk)

(b)48cm3 of an oxide of nitrogen diffused through a porous plug in the same time, it took 159cm3 of
helium to diffuse through the same plug under the same conditions. What is the molecular mass of the
oxide of nitrogen? (3 mk)

26. Draw in the space provided a labeled diagram of the set-up of the apparatus that can be used to
electrolyse molten lead (II) iodide. (3 mk)

m
27. Explain why molten sodium chloride conducts electricity, but solid sodium chloride does not .

co
(2 mks)

s.
er
p ap
st
CEKENA
pa
se
CHEMISTRY
kc
ee

233/2
.fr

FORM IV
w
w
w

Q1. The grid below shows a part of the periodic table. The letters do not represent the actual symbols. Study
it
s

it and answer the questions that follow.

vi
rs

C T
pe
pa
am

U
ex
e
fre

X K M Q W
e
or
rm

Y P Z
fo

a) Identify the elements in period 1 1mk

b) With a reason, identify the element with the largest atomic radius 2mks
c) Draw the atomic structure of element 1mk
d) Write down the electronic configuration of elements
Y and W 2mks
3-
e) Element G forms an ion G and its ionic configuration 2:8:8. Indicate its position on the grid above
1mk

144
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
f) Identify an element whose oxide reacts with both acids and alkalis 1mk
g) i. Write down the chemical formular of the compound formed between elements K and W.
1mk
ii. draw the bonding in the compound formed in g (i) above using dot (.) and crosses (x) to
represent electrons. 1 mk
h) Compare the atomic radius of elements X and K. explains. 2mks
Q2. a) Draw and name two isomers of pentane. 2mks

b) Study the flow of diagram below and then answer the questions that follow

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee

i) Name process 3mks

.fr

ii) State the reagents necessary for process J and K 1mk

w
w

iii) Name substance 4mks

w

b) Describe how burning can distinguish CH2CH2 from CH3CH3 2 mks

it
s
vi
rs

Q3. The apparatus below were arranged in an attempt to prepare carbon (II) oxide gas. Study the diagram
pe

and answer the questions that follow.

pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

a) Name Gas X __________________________ 1mk

Substance Y __________________________ 1mk
b) State the use of substance Y 1mk
c) Name two mistakes in the set up 2mks
d) Write down the equation for the reaction in the combustion tube 1mk
e) How would you tell that the gas collected was actually CO. 1mk
145
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
f) CO is a major pollutant in big towns
i. What is the major source of pollution in big towns 1mk
ii. Explain why CO is poisonous to human body. 2 mks

Q4. The flow chart below shows a process of manufacturing a fertilizer. Study it and answer the questions
that follows;

m
co
s.
er
a) Name catalysts

ap
C _______________________________ ½ mk

p
st
D _______________________________ ½ mk
b) i. Name the fertilizer formed pa ½ mk
se
kc
ee

ii. Identify the substances P and R

.fr

c) Name the process in which substance P is formed ½ mk

w
w

d) Write the chemical equation for the reaction at vessel Q 1mk

w

e) Explain why substance R is absorbed in 98% concentrated H2SO4 before adding water 2mks
it
s
vi

f) Name the method by which pollution is controlled in contact process 1mk

rs

g) Name one industry that can be set next to the plant. ½ mk

pe

h) i. When hydrogen sulphide gas was bubbled through an aqueous solution of FeCl3 yellow precipitate was
pa

deposited.
am

I) State another observation that was made 1mk

ex

II) Write the equation for the reaction that took place 1mk
e
fre

III) Explain why old papers slowly turns brownish when exposed to air and sunlight. 1mk
e
or
rm

Q5. a) Define the following terms 2mks

fo

i. Duplet
ii. Hydrogen bonding
b) Below is a flow chart. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

i. Name the process in step I. 1mk

ii. Name: Compound R _______________________________________ 1mk
Reagent Y ______________________________________ 1mk
146
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
iii. Write equation for reaction in step II 1mk
(c) Explain why 0.1M hydrochloric acid has a PH of 1 while 0.1M ethanoic aci has a PH of 3. (2mks)
d) i. Write down the observation made when a sample of copper (II) carbonate is heated in a test tube.
Explain
(2mks)
ii. Write an equation for the action of heat on copper (II) carbonate 1mk

Q6. The table below shows results recorded on an experiment carried out to determine the solubility of
potassium nitrate.

Temperature 0C 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Solubility in g/100g of H2O 32 46 64 86 110 138 169 202

m
co
a) Use the data above to plot a graph or solubility against temperature on the grid provided. 3mks

s.
er
b) From the graph determine the solubility of potassium Nitrate at:

ap
i) 250 1mk

p
st
ii) 830C 1mk
pa
c) What mass of potassium nitrate will crystalize when a saturated solution is cooled from 75 C to 200C
0
se
kc

2mks
ee

d) On the same axis sketch a graph showing solubility of chlorine gas varies with temperature 1mk
.fr

e) The table below represents results of four samples of water. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
w
w

Drops of soap used to produce lather

w
its

Before boiling After boiling

vi
rs

Sample of water
pe

20 10
pa

A
am

3 3
ex

B
e

15 3
fre

C
e
or

20 20
rm

D
fo

i) Which sample is likely to be temporary hard water? Explain 2 mks

ii) Give two advantages or hard water. 2mks
Q7. The set up below was used by a group form four students in an experiment. The readings of the balance
before and after the experiment were 10.5g and 1.0g respectively. Given that the initial temperature and
final temperature of water were 26.70C and 28.00C respectively. (specific heat capacity of water is
4200Jkg-K-

147
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

Determine;
a) Temperature change that occurred 1mk
b) Amount of ethanol used 1mk

m
c) Moles of ethanol used 1mk

co
d) Amount of heat gained by water 1mk

s.
er
e) Molar enthalpy of combustion of ethanol 2mks

ap
f) Use the following thermochemical process to answer the questions that follow;

p
st
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) 3CO2(g)+ 4H2O(l); ΔH(l) – 125KJmol
pa
se
C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g; ΔH(s) = -393KJmol
kc

H2(g) + 1/2 O2(g) H2O(l); ΔH = -286kJmol

ee
.fr

i) Draw an energy level diagram representing the formation and combustion process of propane, carbon
w
w

and hydrogen (2mks)

w
it

ii) Hence or otherwise, determine the heat of formation of propane 2mks

s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am

CEKENA
ex

CHEMISTRY
e

233/3
fre
e
or

CONFIDENTIAL
rm

Each candidate requires:

fo

1. Exactly 3g of solid A
2. 60cm3 of solution B
3. Burette
4. Pipette
5. Pipette filler
6. Source of heat
7. Thermometer ( -100 – 1100C)
8. Distilled water
9. 250ml volumetric flask
10. 250ml conical flask
11. Spatula
12. 1.2g solid M
13. 0.5g solid R
14. 6 test tubes
15. 3 boiling tubes
148
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
16. Glass rod
17. 1cm aluminium foil
18. 1 red and 1 blue litmus paper
19. Test tube holder
20. Filter paper
21. Filter funnel

ACCESS TO
 2M NaOH
 2M H2SO4
 2M PbCNO3)2
 2M HNO3
 2M KI
 0.06 acidified KMnO4
 Solid potassium carbonate
 Hot water bath in a 500ml glass beaker
 Solid A – Oxalic acid (hydrated)
 Solution B – 0.06m potassium manganate (VII) made by dissolving 9.48g of KMnO4 crystals in 400cm3

m
co
of 2M H2SO4 acid and diluting to 1 litre with distilled water.

s.
er
 Solid M – mixture of NaNO3 and PbCO3 in the ratio of 1:2 respectively

ap
 Solid R – maleic acid

p
st
NB: - Ensure all apparatus are thoroughly cleaned.
- Ensure the filter papers are of good quality and working
pa
se
kc
ee

CEKENA
.fr
w

233/3
w

CHEMISTRY PAPER 3
w
it

PRACTICAL
s
vi
rs
pe

1. You are provided with:

pa

• 3g of solid A
am

• Solution B, 0.06M acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution

ex
e
fre

You are required to determine:

e

a) The solubility of solid A at different temperatures.

or
rm

b) The number of moles of water of crystallization in solid A

fo

PROCEDURE
Carefully transfer all the solid A into a boiling tube. Using a burette, add 2cm3 of distilled water to solid A
in the boiling tube. Heat the mixture in a hot water bath while stirring gently with a thermometer until all
solid A dissolves.
Allow the solution to cool while stirring with the thermometer. Note the temperature at which crystals of
solid A first appear. Record this temperature in the table below.
Using the burette, add 2cm3 of distilled water to the contents of the boiling tube. Warm the mixture again in
the hot water bath while stirring with the thermometer note and record the dissolved. Allow the mixture to
cool while stirring with the thermometer, note and record the temperature at which crystals of solid A first
appear in the table 1 below. Repeat the procedure by adding 2cm3 portions to complete the table below.
Retain the contents of the boiling tube for use in procedure II

149
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Table 1
Volume of water in the boiling Temperature at which crystals of Solubility of solid A (g/100g
tube (cm3) solid A first appear (0C) water)
2
4
6
8
10
(4 mks)

(a) Complete the table by calculating the solubility of solid A at different temperatures (21/2 mks)
(b)On the grid provided, plot a graph of solubility of solid A (vertical axis) against temperature. (3 mks)
(c) Use your graph to determine;

m
co
(i) The solubility of solid A at 540C (1 mk)

s.
(ii) The mass of A that will crystallise when a shot solution at 620C is cooled to 400C. (1 mk)

er
ap
p
st
pa
PROCEDURE II se
Transfer all the contents of the boiling tube into a 250ml volumetric flask. Rinse both the boiling tube and
kc

the thermometer with distilled water and add the rinsing water to the volumetric flask. Add more water to
ee
.fr

the volumetric flask to make up to the mark. Label this solution A. Fill the burette with solution B. Using a
w

pipette and pipette filler, place 25cm3 of solution A into a conical flask. Warm the mixture to 600C. Titrate
w
w

the hot solution A with solution B until a permanent pink colour just appears. Record your readings in the
it
s

table below. Repeat the titration 2 more times to complete the table below.
vi
rs
pe

I II III
pa
am

Final burette reading (cm3)

ex

Initial burette reading (cm3)

e
fre

Volume of solution B used (cm3)

e
or
rm

(4 mks)
fo

(a) Calculate the average volume of solution B used. (1 mk)

(b) Calculate the number of moles of potassium manganate (VII), solution B, used. (1 mk)
(c) Calculate the number of moles of A in 25cm3 of solution given that 2 moles of potassium manganate
(VII) react completely with 5 moles of A. (1 mk)
(d) Calculate the relative formula mass of Q (1 mk)
(e) The formula of A has the form F.xH2O. Determine the value of x in the formula given that the
relative formula mass of F is 90. (O = 16, H = 1) (1
mk)

2. You are provided with solid M. Place it in a boiling tube, add 10cm3 of distilled water, shake and filter.
Preserve the residue and fitrate for the tests below.
Observation Inference
(1 mk) (1 mk)

150
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(a) Divide the filtrate into five portions.
(i) To the first portion, add two drops of 2M sodium hydroxide, then add the alkali in excess.

Observation Inference
(1/2 mk) (1 mk)

(ii) To the second portion, add two drops of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid
Observation Inference
(1/2 mk) (1 mk)

(iii) To the third portion, dip a glass rod and burn over a non-luminous flame
Observation Inference
1
( /2 mk) (1/2 mk)

(iv) To the fourth portion add two drops of lead (II) nitrate
Observation Inference
1
( /2 mk) (1 mk)

m
co
(v)To the fifth portion drop 1cm piece of aluminium foil, add three drops of sodium hydroxide. Place blue

s.
er
and red litmus paper at the mouth of tests tube and warm

ap
Observation Inference

p
st
(1 mk) (1/2 mk)
pa
se
(b)Place all the residue in a boiling tube and add 6cm3 of dilute nitric (V) acid. Divide the solution into two
kc
ee

portions
.fr

Observation Inference
w

(1/2 mk)
w

(1 mk)
w

(i) To the first portion add three drops of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid.
it
s

Observation Inference
vi
rs

(1/2 mk) (1 mk)

pe

(ii) To the second portion add two drops of potassium Iodide.

pa

Observation Inference
am

1
( /2 mk) (1/2 mk)
ex

3. You are provided with solid R. Carry out the test below and record the observation and inferences in the
e
fre

spaces provided.
e

(a) Place 1/3rd full solid R in a spatula and burn on a non-luminous flame
or
rm

Observation Inference
(1 mk) (1 mk)
fo

(b)(i) Put the remaining portion of solid R into a clean test tube and add about 3cm3 of distilled water, shake
and divide into 2 portions.
Observation Inference
(1 mk) (1/2 mk)
st
(ii) To the 1 portion add 2 drops of acidified KMnO4
Observation Inference
(1/2 mk) (1 mk)
nd
(iii) To the 2 portion add potassium carbonate.
Observation Inference

(1/2 mk) (1 mk)

151
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
TRIAL II CLUSTER
233/1
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1

1. a) Distinguish between ionization energy and electron affinity. (1 mk)

(b) The atomic number of Q and R are 9 and 17 respectively. Compare the electron affinity of Q
and R. Explain. (2 mks)
2. The relative atomic mass of an element is 10.28; it has two isotopes 10 5R and 115R.
Calculate the relative percentage abundance of each isotope. (2mks)
3. Describe how solid Aluminum chloride can be separated from a solid mixture of sodium chloride and
aluminium chloride. (3 mks)
4. The number of protons and neutrons of atoms W, X, Y and Z are shown in the table below.

Atom No. of protons No. of neutrons

m
W 6 6

co
s.
X 12 12

er
ap
Y 6 8

p
st
Z 17 20
pa
se
kc

(a) Write down the electronic configuration of X. (1 mks)

ee

(b) (i) Which one of the atoms is of an element in group (VII) of the periodic table (1mk)
.fr

(ii) Name the type of bond which is formed when X and Z reacts. (1 mk)
w
w
w

5. Sulphur exists in two crystalline forms

it
s

(a) Name the two crystalline forms (1 mk)

vi
rs

(b) Give any two uses of sulphur. (2 mks)

pe

6. An experiment was set as shown below

pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

152
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

a) Name the gas F (1 mk)

b) State one physical characteristic of gas F. (1 mk)
c) What would be observed if a blue litmus paper was put in a solution of gas F? (1 mk)
7. Below is a list of oxides.

MgO, CO, K2O, CaO and Al2O3

From the above list select
(a) A neutral oxide. (1 mk)
(b) An oxide that can react with both potassium hydroxide and dilute hydrochloric acid.(1 mk)
(c ) What property is exhibited by the reaction in (b) above. (1 mk)

8. The apparatus shown below was used to investigate the effect of carbon II oxide on copper II oxide.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

a) State the observation that was made in the combustion tube by the end of the experiment.
w
w

(1 mk)
w
it

b) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the combustion tube. (1mk)
s
vi

c) Why is it necessary to burn gas coming out of tube K? (1mk)

rs

9. The table below shows properties of some chlorides. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
pe
pa
am

Chloride Mp(°C) BP (°C) Electrical conductivity in PH of solution

ex

aqueous solution
e

Al - 183 Good 3
fre
e

Na 860 1420 Good 7

or
rm

P 32 75 Good 3
fo

H -146 -29 Good 1

a) Explain the high melting and boiling points of sodium chloride. (1mk)
b) Write an equation for the reaction between PC15 and water. (1mk)
c) Draw the dot (•) and cross (x) diagram to show bonding in NaCl. (1 mk)

153
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

10. Excess Concentrated Sulphuric VI acid with pieces of dry wood as shown

a) State the observation made in the tube. (1mk)

b) When the reaction was complete, the mixture was heated gently, then strongly and setup adjusted as
shown below.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
State and explain the observation made on acidified potassium chromate VI solution. (2mks)
se
kc

11. The diagram below shows the set-up that can be used to prepare and collect oxygen gas. Study
ee

it and answer the questions that follow.

.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

a) Identify two mistakes from the diagram which must be corrected for one to collect dry oxygen gas.
(2mks)
b) What property of oxygen gas makes it possible to be collected overwater? (1mk)
12. When a grey powder P, which has no action on cold water, is placed into a salt solution of Q, a
brown solid R is deposited. The blue solution of Q fades giving way to a green solution.
a) Name the type of reaction that takes place. (1 mk)
b) Identify solids P and R (1 mk)
c) Write an ionic equation for the reaction leading to formation of the brown solid. (1mk)

154
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
13. Calculate the number of molecules of water of crystallization in oxalic acid crystals, H2C2O4. xH2O,
from the following data: 5g of the crystals were made up to 250cm3. 25.0 cm3 of this solution required
15.9cm3 of 0.5M sodium hydroxide to neutralize it. (H=1, C=12, 0 16,H20= 18)
(3mks)
14. The diagram below shows the heating curve of a pure substance. Study it and answer the questions that
follow.

(a) Explain why the temperature remains constant between points Band C. (11/2mks)

m
(b) Use kinetic theory to explain what occurs between C and D (11/2mks)

co
s.
15. Study the chart below and answer the questions that follow.

er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

Acidified
w
w
w
sit
vi
rs
pe
pa

Name:
am

(i) Cation present in mixture X (1mk)

ex

(ii) Anion present in the solution. (1mk)

e
fre

16. When solid Zinc carbonate was added to a solution of hydrogen chloride in methylbenzene, there was
e

no observable change. On addition of some water to the mixture there was effervescence. Explain these
or
rm

observations. (2mks)
fo

17. (a) State the Gay Lussac’s law (1 mk)

B) What volume of methane would remain if a burner containing 40cm³ of methane burns in 40cm³ of
enclosed air (assuming that oxygen is 20% of air)? (2 mks)
18. 60cm³ of oxygen gas diffused through a porous hole in 50 seconds. How long will it take
80cm³ of sulphur (IV) oxide to diffuse through the same hole under the same conditions
(S = 32, O=16). (3mks)
19. When sulphur is heated in a boiling tube in the absence of air, the yellow crystals melt into a
golden yellow mobile liquid at 113 0C. The liquid turns into a dark brown viscous mass at 1600C.
At 4000C the brown liquid becomes less viscous and flows easily. Explain these observations.
(3mks)

155
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
20. The graph below shows how the pH value of soil in a farm changed over a period of time.

a. Describe how the pH of the soil is determined. (2mks)

b. State one factor that may have been responsible for the change in the soil PH in the time interval AB
(1mk)
21. Study the information given in the table below and answer the questions below the table
Bond Bond energy kJ/mole

m
co
C-H 414

s.
Cl- Cl 244

er
ap
C-Cl 326

p
st
H- Cl 431
pa
se
kc

Calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction (2mks)

ee
.fr

CH4 (g) + Cl2 (g) → CH3Cl (g) + HCl (g)

w
w

22. (a) Ca(s) + ½ O (g) → CaO (s) ∆ H= -635 kJ/mole

w
it

C(s) + O2 →CO2 (g) ∆ H = -394 kJ/mole

s
vi

Ca(s) + CO2 (g) + 3/2O2 →CaCO3(s) ∆ H = -1207kJ/mole

rs

Calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction. ( 2 mks)

pe
pa

CaO (s) + CO2 (g) →CaCO3(s)

am

b) Sketch an energy level diagram for the forward reaction ( 1 mk)

ex
e

23. In a class experiment 5.0g of ethanol (CH3CH2OH) was completely burnt and all the heat evolved was
fre

used to heat 500cm3 of water from 200C to 800C. Given that the specific heat capacity of water is
e
or

4.2J/g/k and the density of water is 1g/cm3.

rm

(i) Calculate the heat energy absorbed by water ( 2 mks)

fo

(ii) Find the molar heat of combustion of ethanol ( 2 mks)

(C= 12) (H= 1) (O= 16)

156
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
24. Study the flow chart below and answer questions that follow

Air + Heat
C9H20
Step III

Step I
C12H26 M

HBr
Cl2(g)
C3H6 N

Step II

C3H8

m
co
s.
er
ap
(a) Name the process labeled in steps above

p
st
Step I ................................................................................................ (½mk)
pa
Step II .................................................................................... (½mk)
se
kc

(b)State the physical condition required for step I to occur. (1mk)

ee

(c) Name the reagent and state the conditions required for step II to occur. (1mk)
.fr

25. The figure below shows the variation in rates of the following reaction,
w
w

2NO (g) + O2 (g) 2NO2 (g) H = +Ve

w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa

Curve I
am
ex

Rate of
e

reaction
fre

Curve II
e
or
rm

Time (minutes)
fo

Other than concentration of either reactants or products, identify two other factors that can affect the rate
of reaction above. Explain your answer. (2mks)
26. Study the set-up below and then answer the questions that follow.
Bulb

Carbon Electrode

Crucible

Molten lead
(ll) bromide

Heat

157
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
a) Define a binary electrolyte (1mk)
b) State and explain the observation that would be made at the anode when the circuit is completed.
(2 mks)

27. The curves below represent the change in mass when equal masses of powdered magnesium and
magnesium ribbon were reacted with excess 2M hydrochloric acid. Study them and answer the
questions below
Mass of Flask and
Contents(grams)

m
co
s.
Time (Minutes)

er
ap
Which curve represents the reaction with magnesium powder? Explain your answer. (2 mks)

p
st
Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow.
pa
se
Solubility g/100g of water
Salt
kc

at 40°C of 60°C
ee
.fr

CuSO4 28 38
w
w

Pb(NO3)2 79 98
w
sit
vi
rs

A mixture containing 35g of CuSO4 and 78g of Pb(NO3)2 in 100g of water at 60°C was cooled to 40°C. )
pe
pa

a) Which salt crystallised out? Give a reason. (2 mks)

am

b) Calculate the mass of the salt that crystallized out. (1 mk)

ex

Ammonium nitrite was heated as shown in the set-up below.

e
fre
e

Gas X
or

Ammonium
rm

nitrite
fo

↑↑↑ water
Heat

a) Identify, gas X. (1 mk)

b) State and explain the precaution that must be taken before heating is stopped. (1 mk)

158
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
TRIAL II CLUSTER
233/2
CHEMISTRY PAPER 2

1. The grid below shows a section of the periodic table, the letters are not the actual chemical symbol.

K L M N P

Q R S T V

a) Name the family into which element P belongs to ( 1mark)

b) Which two elements forms the most soluble carbonates (2marks )
c) With a reason, identify elements in period 3 with the largest atomic radius (2marks )

m
d) Write the formula of the compound formed between Q and M (1mark )

co
e) State two uses of element R and for each use , state property of element R that makes its possible for the use

s.
er
f) Using dots and cross ,show bonding in the compound formed between R and oxygen (2marks )

ap
g) In terms of structure and bonding ,explain why the oxides of element T has relatively low boiling points.

p
st
(2marks)
pa
se
2.(a) The results below were obtained in an experiment conducted by form 3 students from Ratansi secondary School
kc

using magnesium
ee

Mass of the crucible + Lid = 19.52g

.fr

Mass of the crucible + Lid + magnesium ribbon = 20.36g

w
w

Mass of the crucible + Lid + magnesium oxide = 20.92g

w

(i) Use the results to find the percentage mass of magnesium and oxygen in magnesium oxide.(2marks)
it
s

(ii) Determine the empirical formula of magnesium oxide. (Mg = 24.0, O = 16.0) (2marks)
vi
rs

b) Sodium hydroxide pellet were accidentally mixed with sodium chloride, 8.8g of the mixture were dissolved in
pe

water to make one litre of solution. 50cm3 of the solution was neutralized by 20.0cm3 of 0.25M sulphuric (VI) acid.
pa

I) Write an equation for the reaction that took place. (1mark)

am

II) calculate the:

ex

I. Number of moles of the substance that reacted with sulphuric (VI) acid (1mark)
e

II. Number of moles of the substance that would react with sulphuric (VI) acid in the one litre solution
fre

(1mark)
e
or

(iii) The percentage of sodium chloride in the mixture. (2marks)

rm

c). The reaction between Nitrogen and Hydrogen can be represented as shown in the energy cycle given below
fo

Explain how the yield of Ammonia would be affected if

i). Temperature was reduced (2marks)
ii). Pressure was increased (2marks)

159
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

3.The flow chart below represents preparation and properties of oxygen gas.Study it and answer the question
that follow.++

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee

i) Identify the following substances (2marks)

.fr

a. Solid A
w

b. Gas D.
w
w

c. Solid Q.
it
s

d. Solution M.
vi
rs

ii) Write a chemical equation for the reaction in step I. (1mark)

pe

iii) Write chemical equation for the formation of the following compound. (3marks)
pa

a. Solid G.
am

b. Gas D.
ex

c. Light blue solution C.

e
fre

iv) State the confirmatory test for oxygen gas. (1mark)

e

v) Write the ionic equation for reaction taking place in process P. (1mark)
or

vi) State one use of oxygen. (1mark)

rm

4.(a) When steam is passed over heated charcoal as shown below, Carbon (II) oxide and hydrogen gas are
fo

formed Carbon (II) oxide gas and

Charcoal hydrogen gas

Steam

(i) What name is given to the mixture of gases produced above? (1mark)
(ii) Give two uses of Carbon (II) oxide gas which are also uses of hydrogen gas (1mark)

160
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(b) The diagram below represents a charcoal burner. Study it and answer the questions that follow

Flame Zone I

Zone II
Zone III
Charcoal

Ash Air

(i) Write equations for the reactions occurring at

m
Zone I…………………………………………………………………………… (1mark)

co
Zone II…………………………………………………………………………… (1mark)

s.
er
(ii) What is the colour of the flame (1mark)

ap
(iii) The ash that collects in the lower compartment was dissolved in water and filtered. Suggest the PH

p
st
value of the resulting solution (1mark)
pa
se
(c) Carbon (II) oxide gas can be prepared in the laboratory by a process shown below
kc
ee

Conc. H2SO4
(COOH)2 CO2(g) + CO(g) + H2O(l)
.fr
w

(i) State the function of the concentration sulphuric (VI) acid in the process above (1mark
w
w

(ii) How would you remove Carbon (IV) oxide gas form the mixture of Carbon (II) Oxide and carbon
s it

(IV) oxide gas (1mark)

vi
rs

(d) What volume of Carbon (II) Oxide at r.t.p is needed to reduce 106g Iron (III) Oxide to iron metal?
pe

(O=16, Fe=56, Molar gas volume at r.t.p=24 litres) (3marks)

pa

8).1g of magnesium ribbon was reacted with hydrochloric acid at room temperature in order to investigate
am

how the rate of reaction varies with time. The results obtained were recorded as shown below.
ex
e
fre

Time (seconds) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

e
or

Volume of gas produced 0 10 20 26 32 35 38 39 40 40

rm

3
(cm )
fo

(a) (i) On the graph provided, plot a graph of volume of gas produced against time taken. Label the graph K.
(3 Marks)
(ii) From the graph determine the rate of production of the gas at 110 seconds. (2 Marks

(b) On the same axis sketch the graph you would expect to obtain if:-
(i) The same mass of powdered magnesium was used instead of magnesium ribbon. Label the graph Y.
(1 Mark)
0 0
(ii) If the temperature of the solution mixture was reduced from 25 C to 15 C. Label the graph Z.
(1 Mark)

(c) Determine the mass of magnesium ribbon that remained unreated in this experiment
(Mg = 24, Molar gas volume = 24dm3 at r.t.p) (3 Marks)

161
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

1. Study the scheme below and answer the questions that follow.

Hydrogen Nitrogen

Step I Catalyst

Salt P Dilute Ammonia CuO Solid Q + gas Y

H2SO4

m
co
s.
Step II

er
ap
Brown O2 / H2O catalyst

p
st
gas Z pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

Heat Nitric (V) acid Cu (s) Cu (NO3)2

w
w
w

Step III
sit
vi
rs
pe
pa

Colourless gas X Step IV KI (aq)

am
ex
e

I2 ,NO2,H2O
fre
e
or
rm

(a) State
fo

(i) The process taking place in step I. (1 mark)

(ii) One condition that would favour step I. (1 mark)
(b) Name the catalyst which could be used in steps I and II. (2 marks )
(c ) Give the names of:
1
(i) Salt P _______________________________________________ ( mark)
2
1
(ii) Solid Q _______________________________________________ ( mark)
2

(iii) Gases X and Z (1 mark)

(d) Write two equations for the reactions that take place in step II. (2 marks )
(e) Name the oxidizing agent in the reaction that takes place in step IV. (1 mark)
(f) Why is concentrated nitric (V) acid stored in dark bottles in cool places?. (1 mark)
(g) Give one industrial use of nitric (V) acid. (1 mark)
7.(a) (i) Apart from ethanol, name two liquid fuels. (1 mark)

162
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(ii) State two factors that should be considered when choosing a fuel for cooking. (2marks)
(iii)The set up below was used to determine the molar heat of combustion of ethanol.

m
During the experiment, the data given below was recorded.

co
Volume of water = 500cm3

s.
er
Initial temperature of water = 250C

pap
Final temperature of water = 46.50C

st
pa
Mass of ethanol + lamp before burning = 125.5g se
Mass of ethanol + lamp after burning = 124.0g
kc

Calculate;
ee

(i) Heat evolved during the experiment (Density of water = 1g/cm3, specific heat capacity of water = 4.2J/g/k.)
.fr

(3 marks)
w
w

(ii) Molar heat of combustion of ethanol (C = 12.0, O = 16.0, H = 1.0) (2 marks)

w

(c) Write the equation for the complete combustion of ethanol. (1 mark)
it
s
vi

(d) The experiment value of molar heat of combustion of ethanol obtained in (b) (ii) above is lower than the theoretical
rs

value. Give two reasons for this variation. (2 marks)

pe

(c) Why is the water in the container continuously stirred with thermometer? (1 mark)
pa
am
ex
e
fre

FORM 4 JOINT EXAMINATION 2020

e
or

CHEMISTRY P3 INSTRUCTIONS TO SCHOOLS.

rm

Other than the fittings and apparatus found in the chemistry laboratory, the chemistry teacher is under
fo

instructions to provide the following to each student;

- About 100cm3 of solutionS.
- About 100cm3 of solution P.
- About 80 cm3 0f solution Y.
- About 60 cm3 of solution X.
- Burette.
- Pipette.
- 2 Conical flasks.
- 6 clean and dry test tubes in a test tube rack.
- 2 boiling tubes.
- 10 ml measuring cylinder.
- 50ml measuring cylinder.
- Thermometer. ( -100C -1100C).
- One 200ml plastic beaker.
- One test tube holder.
163
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
- One filter paper.
- Metallic spatula.
- Distilled water in a wash bottle.
- Universal indicator solution.
- PH Chart (0-14).
- About 2g Sodium hydrogen carbonate.
- About 2g of solid U (Mixture of Sodium chloride and Zinc chloride in the ratio 1:1).
- About 2g of solid T-Oxalic acid

ACCESS TO;
-Source of heat.
-2M NaOH Supplied with a dropper.
-2M Pb(NO3)2 solution.
-2 M aqueous Ammonia.
-Acidified Potassium Chromate (VI) supplied with a dropper.
-Acidified potassium manganate (VII) supplied with a dropper.

m
co
NOTES:

s.
er
ap
1. Solution P is prepared by accurately weighing 20g of sodium hydroxide pellets and dissolving it in 600 cm3 of

p
distilled water and made up to 1 litre.

st
pa
2. Solution X is prepared in the same way as solution P above. se
3. Solution Y is prepared by accurately weighing 31.5g of Oxalic acid and dissolving in 600cm3 of distilled and made
kc

up to 1 litre.
ee
.fr
w
w
w
s it
vi
rs

Trial 2
pe
pa

233/3 CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

PAPER 3
am
ex
e

1. You are provided with:

fre

• Sodium hydroxide solution labeled P

e
or

• 0.025M Solution of sulphuric (VI) acid labeled S

rm

• Oxalic acid solution labeled Y

fo

You are required to determine

1. The concentration of the Sodium hydroxide solution labeled P in moles per liter.
2. The molar heat of neutralization of sodium hydroxide w

164
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Procedure I
Fill the burette with solution S up to the mark. Pipette 25.0cm3 of solution P into a clean 250cm3 conical
flask. Add 3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate with solution S till end point. Record your
reading in the table below. Repeat the experiment two more times and complete the table
Table 1
I II III

Final burette reading( cm3)

Initial burette reading (Cm3)

Volume of solution S used (Cm3)

(4mks)
(a) Determine the average volume of solution S used ( 1mk)
(b)i) Determine the number of moles sulphuric (VI) acid labeled S used ( 1 mark)

m
co
ii)Calculate the number of moles sodium hydroxide, solution P required to neutralize the moles of acid in b

s.
i) above

er
ap
(1mk)

p
c) Determine the concentration of the sodium hydroxide solution P in moles per litre (1 mark)

st
pa
se
PROCEDURE II:
kc
ee
.fr

1. Place six test tubes in a test tube rack. Using a 10cm3 measuring cylinder, measure 10cm3of solution P and
w
w

place them into each of the test tubes.

w

2. Measure 20cm3 of solution Y using a measuring cylinder and place into 200cm3 beaker. Measure the
it
s
vi

steady temperature of solution Y and record it in table II below.

rs

3. Put the first portion of the 10cm3 of solution P from the test tube into the beaker containing 20cm3 of
pe

solution Y. Stir the mixture carefully using a thermometer and record the highest temperature reached by
pa

the mixture in table II below.

am

4. Pour the second portion of solution P into the mixture in the beaker in step 3 above, stir and record the
ex

highest temperature of this mixture in the table II.

e
fre

5. Continue this procedure using the remaining portions of solution P to complete table II.
e
or
rm

Table II
fo

Volume of Y (cm3) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Total volume of P added (cm3) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Highest temperature of mixture(0C)

(4 mks)

(ii) On the grid provided, plot a graph of temperature (Y axis) against volume of solution P (3mks)

(iii) From the graph, find:

(a) The volume of solution P required to neutralize 20cm3 of oxalic acid solution Y ( 1 mk )
(b) The highest temperature change ( T) ( 1 mk)
(iv). Calculate the heat change of reaction
165
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(Assume density of mixture = 1g/cm3 and specific heat capacity= 4.2Jg-1k-1) (2 marks)
(v) Determine the molar heat of neutralization of sodium hydroxide, solution P (2 marks)
2. You are provided with solid U. Carry out the following tests and record your observations and inferences
in the spaces provided
a) Place the entire solid in a clean dry boiling tube. Add about 10cm3distilled water and shake. Filter the
solution and retain both the filtrate and the residue

Observation Inferences
(1mark) (1mark)

b) Divide the filtrate into three portions; to the first portion add dilute sodium hydroxide solution drop wise
until in excess

m
Observation Inferences

co
s.
(1mark) (1mark)

er
app
st
c) Dip a clean spatula into the second portion of the filtrate and ignite it on a non-luminous flame of the
pa
se
Bunsen burner
kc

Observation Inferences
ee
.fr
w

(1mark) (1mark)
w
w

d) To the third portion of the filtrate, add lead (II) nitrate then warm gently
it
s
vi

Observation Inferences
rs
pe

(1mark) (1mark)
pa
am
ex

e) To the residue add dilute nitric (V) acid and divide the solution into three portions.
e
fre
e

i) To the first portion add aqueous ammonia solution drop wise until in excess.
or
rm
fo

Observation Inferences
(1mark) (1mark)

ii) To the second portion add four drops of lead(II) nitrate solution
Observation Inferences
(1mark) (1mark)

iii)To the third portion add a few drops of potassium dichromate (VI) solution
Observation Inferences
(1mark) (1mark)

166
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

3. You are provided with an organic solid T. Carry out the tests below, your observations and inferences in
the spaces provided.
a) Using a clean spatula heat about a third of solid T in a non luminous flame of he Bunsen burner
Observation Inferences
(1mark) (1mark)

b) i) Add about 10cm3of distilled water to the remaining portion of solid T in a test tube and divide the
solution into three portions

Observation Inferences
(1mark) (1mark)

ii) To the first portion, add two drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution

m
co
Observation Inferences

s.
er
(1mark) (1mark)

app
st
pa
iv) To the second portion, add a small amount of solid sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.
se
kc

Observation Inferences
ee
.fr

(1mark) (1mark)
w
w
w
it
s

v) Using the third portion determine the pH of the solution.

vi
rs

Method used Inferences

pe
pa

(1mark) (1mark)
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

167
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
MERU CENTRAL CLUSTER EXAMS
233/1
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
(THEORY)

1. The electronic arrangement of ions x3+ and y2– are 2.8 and 2.8.8.respectively
a) Write the electronic arrangement of the elements x and y. (3 marks)
b) Write the formula of the compound that would be formed between x and y. (1 mark)
2. When bromine gas reacts with aqueous Sodium hydroxide, the equilibrium represented by the equation;
Br2 (aq) + 2OH– (aq) Br– (aq) + OBr– (aq) + H2O is established.

What observations would be made if a few drops of sulphuric (VI) acid were added to the equilibrium mixture?
(2 marks)
3. Calculate the amount of calcium carbonate that would remain if 15.0g of calcium carbonate were reacted with 0.2g
moles of hydrochloric acid. The equation for the reaction is,
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(g) (C = 12.0, O = 16, Ca = 40.0) (3 marks)
4. In an experiment, soap solution was added to three separate samples of water. The table below shows the volumes

m
of soap solution required to form lather with 1000cm3 of each sample of water before and after boiling.

co
Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

s.
er
ap
Volume of soap before water is boiled 27.0 3.0 10.6

p
st
pa
Volume of soap after water is boiled 27.0 se 3.0 3.0
kc
ee

a) Which water sample is likely to be soft? Explain. (2 marks)

.fr

b) Explain the change in the volumes of soap solution used in sample (iii). (1 mark)
w
w

5. Ammonia gas was passed into water as shown.

w

Ammonia gas
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex

Water
e
fre
e

a) When a red litmus paper was dropped into the resulting solution, it turned blue.
or
rm

Give a reason for this observation. (1 mark)

b) What is the function of the funnel? (1 mark)
fo

6. The table below gives some properties of gases D and E.

Gas Density Effects of H2SO4 Effects of NaOH
D Lighter than air Reacts to form a salt Dissolves without reacting
E Heavier than air Not affected Not affected

a) Describe how you would obtain a sample of E from a mixture of gases D and E. (2 marks)
b) Suggest a possible identity of gas D. Give a reason for your answer. (1 marks)

1
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

7. The curve below represents the variation of temperature with time when pure and impure samples of a solid were
heated separately.
I
II

Temperature

Time
Which curve shows the variation in temperature for the pure solid? Explain. (2 marks)
8. The diagram below represent set-up that can be used to prepare and collect oxygen gas.

m
co
Hydrogen peroxide

s.
er
ap
Oxygen gas

p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w

Water
w

Manganese
w

(IV) oxide
it
s
vi
rs
pe

a) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place. (1 mark)

pa

b) What property of oxygen makes it possible for its collection as indicated by the diagram?
am

(1 mark)
ex

c) Explain why it is important not to collect gas for the first few seconds of the experiment. (1 mark)
e
fre

9. Study the set-up below and answer the questions that follow.
e
or
rm

Bulb
Switch
fo

Carbon electrode

Molten Lead (II) bromide

State and explain the observation that would be made when the circuit is completed. (3 marks)

2
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
10. In an experiment, rods of metals P, Q and R were cleaned with sand paper and placed in a beaker containing
water. Another set of rods was also cleaned and placed in a beaker containing dilute acid. After placing the rods
in the two liquids, bubbles of gas were seen around some of the rods as shown in the diagrams below.
P Q R P Q R

Bubbles

Dilute acid

a) Why is it necessary to clean the rods with sand paper before dipping them into the liquids?
(1 marks)
b) Arrange the three metals in order of their reactivity starting with the most reactive. (1 mark)

11. A solution of chlorine in tetrachbromethane turns colourless when propene gas is bubbled through it.
a) What type of reaction takes place? (1marks)

m
b) Write an equation for the above reaction. (1 mark)

co
12. With reference to atomic number of one, explain why hydrogen can be placed in either group I and VII of

s.
the periodic table. (2 marks)

er
ap
13. a) Define the term base. (1 mark)

p
b) Explain why it is not advisable to use wood ash for cleaning aluminium utensils. (2 marks)

st
pa
14. A compound has an empirical formula C3H6O and a relative formula mass of 116. Determine its molecular
se
formula. (C = 12, O = 16, H = 1) (2 marks)
kc

15. Explain how you would separate mixture of nitrogen and oxygen gases given that their boiling points are
ee

– 196 C and –183 C respectively.

o o
(2 marks)
.fr

16. Study the table below and answer the questions that follow.
w
w

Alkaline Formula Heat of combustion (∆Hc)KJmol–1

w
it
s

Methane CH4 –890

vi
rs

Ethane C2H6 –1560

pe
pa

Propane C3H6 –2220

am
ex

Butane
e
fre

a) Predict the heat of combustion of Butane and write it on the space provided in the table above.
e

(1 mark)
or

b) What does the negative sign ∆Hc value indicate about combustion of alkanes? (1 mark)
rm
fo

17. The diagram below represents the extraction of sulphur by Frasch process.
Hot compressed air
Tube I
Tube II

Sulphur beds
a) Name the substance that passes through tube I and II. (2 marks)

3
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

4
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

c) What is the purpose of hot compressed air in this process? (1 mark)

18. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.
Dilute hydrochloric acid

Flame

Zinc granules

Write an equation for each of the two reactions that take place in the experiment represented by the diagram
above. (2 marks)

m
co
s.
19. A mixture containing equal volumes of hydrogen gas and carbon (IV) oxide gas was introduced on one end of a

er
tube as shown below.

ap
C

p
st
pa
se
kc

Mixture of
ee
.fr

H2 and CO2
w
w
w
it
s
vi

Which gas would be detected at point C first? Explain. (2 marks)

rs

20. The table below gives three experiments on the reaction of excess sulphuric (VI) acid and 0.5 g of zinc done
pe

under different conditions. In each the volume of the gas was recorded at different time interval.
pa

Experiment Form of zinc Sulphuric (VI) acid

am
ex

I Powder 0.8M
e
fre

II Powder 1.0M
e
or

III Granules 0.8M

rm
fo

On the axis below draw and label the three curves that could be obtained from such results. (3 marks)

Volume of acid (cm3)

Time (sec)

5
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
21. The table below shows how solubility of some substances in water varies with temperature
Substance Change of solubility g/100cm3 of water with temperature
0oC 20oC 40oC 60oC
W 0.334 0.16 0.097 0.0058
X 27.60 34.0 40.0 45.5
Y 35.70 36.0 36.6 37.3

Which of above substances is likely to be a gas? Explain. (2 marks)

22. Study the chart below and answer the questions that follow.
Solution K White Step I
NaOH (aq) Colourless solution
precipitate L Excess
NaOH (aq)
Excess Step II

m
NH3 (aq) HCl (aq)

co
s.
er
ap
White precipitate L Colourless solution

p
st
pa
se
kc

a) Identify;
ee

i. the metal ions in solution K (1 mark)

.fr

ii. the white precipitate L. (1mark)

w
w

b) What is the nature of solution K? (1 mark)

w

23. Explain the following observation. A chloride dissolves in water to form an electrolyte while the same chloride
it
s

dissolves in methylbenzene to form a non-electrolyte. (2 marks)

vi
rs

24. State what would be observed when dilute hydrochloric acid is added to the products formed from a mixture of
pe

iron filings and sulphur. (2 marks)

pa

25. Describe how the following reagents can be sued to prepare lead (II)sulphate; solid potassium sulphate,
am

solid lead (II) carbonate, dilute nitric (V) acid and distilled water. (2 marks)
ex

26. Explain why the enthalpy of neutralisation of ethanoic acid with sodium hydroxide is different from that of
e

hydrochloric acid with sodium hydroxide. (2 marks)

fre

27. Give a reason why calcium hydroxide solution is used to detect the presence of carbon (IV) oxide gas while
e
or

sodium hydroxide solution is NOT. (2 marks)

rm

28. A compound C2H2 reacts with hydrogen in presence of nickel catalyst to form another compound C2H4. The same
fo

compound C2H2 reacts with hydrogen to form C2H6 in presence of nickel catalyst.
a) Draw the structural formula and name the compound C2H4. (1 mark)
b) Write the equation for the reaction between C2H4 and hydrogen. (1 mark)
29. During the production of hydrogen Iodide, hydrogen reacts with Iodine according to the equation.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2 HI(g) ∆H +52KJ

Explain how the following would affect the yield of hydrogen Iodide. (2 marks)
a) Increase in temperature
b) Increase in pressure
30. a) Using dots (•) and crosses (x) to represent electrons, draw diagrams to represent the bonding in;
(2 marks)
i) NH3
ii) NH4+
b)
State why an ammonia molecule (NH3) can be combined with H+ to form NH4+
(atomic numbers N = 7 and H =1) (1 mark)

6
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
31. The table below gives the atomic numbers of elements W, X, Y and Z.
The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.

Element W X Y Z
Atomic number 9 10 11 12

a) Which one of the elements is least reactive? (1 mark)

b) i) Which two elements would react most vigorously with each other? (1 mark)
ii) Give the formula of the compound formed when elements in b) (i) reacts. (1 mark)
32. When magnesium metal is burnt in air it reacts with both oxygen and nitrogen gases giving a white ash.
a) Write two equations for the reaction that take place. (2 marks)
b) When the white ash in (a) above is mixed with water, a gas with a pungent smell is produced. Write an
equation for this reaction. (1 mark)
33. In an experiment to separate a mixture of two organic liquids, liquid M (boiling point of 56oC) and liquid N
(boiling point of 118oC). A student set up the apparatus as shown below

Thermometer

m
co
Water in

s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc

Cork
ee
.fr
w

Water
w
w

out
it
s
vi
rs
pe

Distillate
pa
am

Mixture of M & N
a) Identify two mistakes in the set-up. (2 marks)
ex

b) What method would the student use to test the purity of the distillates obtained? (1 mark)
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

7
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

MERU
233/2
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
1. The grid bellow represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
The letters are not the actual symbols of the elements.
A
F J H
B E L K
C G
D

m
co
i. Select the most reactive non-metal. Explain. (2 marks)

s.
ii. Identify an element that can form an amphoteric hydroxide. (1 mark)

er
iii. Which group one element has the lowest first ionization energy? Explain. (2 marks)

ap
iv. Name the other group to which element A can be placed and give a reason. (2 marks)

p
st
v. Compare the atomic size of elements C and G. Explain. (2 marks)
vi. pa
Write the electronic configuration of the ion formed by element L and indicate its symbol.
se
kc

(1 mark)
ee

vii. i)Using dots (•) and crosses (x) to represent electrons, show the bonding in the compound formed between
.fr

elements B and J. (1 mark)

w

ii) Identify an element that is not likely to form any type of bond. Explain. (1 mark)
w
w

2. a) Study the reaction scheme below and answer the questions that follow.
it
s
vi

S CH2 Br CH2 Br
rs
pe
pa

Step 1
HBr (g)
am
ex
e

Polymer Z H2 (g)
fre

CH2 CH2 Substance T

Step 2 Nickel catalyst
e
or
rm

170oC
KMnO4 / H+
fo

H2SO4(l)

Substance W U

i) Name the substances; S, T, U and W. (2 marks)

ii) Name the reagent for step 1. (1 mark)
iii) Draw the polymer Z comprising of three monomers. (1 mark)
iv) Name the type of polymerisation on step 2. (1 mark)

b) Draw the structures of the following compounds.

i. 2-bromo-3, 3-dimethylpent-1-ene. (1 mark)
ii. 1, 2-dicloroethyne. (1 mark)

8
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

9
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

C) Name the following organic compounds.

i. (1
H
mark)
|
H–C–H
H H | H H
| | | | |
H–C–C–C–C–C–H
| | | | |
H H H | H
H–C–H
|
H–C–H
|
H

m
co
ii. CH3CHCl(CH2)2C(CH3)2CH2CH3 (1 mark)

s.
d) Draw and name two positional Isomers of pentyne. (2 marks)

er
ap
p
st
pa
3. The flow chart below shows how sulphuric (VI) acid is produced on a large scale.
se
Gas E
Gas E
kc
ee
.fr
w

Catalytic
w

Burner Purifier
w

Solid D Gas F chamber

it
s
vi

SO3 (g)
rs

Liquid H
pe
pa
am

Sulphuric Dilution Oleum

ex

(VI) acid chamber

e
fre
e
or

Substance G
rm
fo

a) Identify the following;

i) Gas E (½ mark)
ii) Gas F (½ mark)
iii) Solid D (½ mark)
iv) Substance G (½ mark)
v) Liquid H (½ mark)
b) Name the most preferred catalyst used in the catalytic chamber and give a reason. (1½ marks)
c) Write an equation for the reaction that forms oleum. (1 mark)
d) Explain the importance of the purifier. (2 marks)
e) State two ways how pollution is controlled during the process of manufacturing sulphuric (VI) acid.
(2 marks)
f) State one industrial application of sulphuric (VI) acid. (1 mark)
g) What is the name given to the industrial process of manufacturing sulphuric (VI) acid?
(1 mark)

10
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

4. The diagram below shows the preparation of Iron (III) chloride salt in the laboratory.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Guard tube
Iron fillings
Calcium oxide

Dry
chlorine gas

Heat
Combustion
tube Iron (III) chloride
a) Name the method of preparing Iron (III) chloride salt shown above. (1 mark)
b) Explain why;
i) It is necessary to pass chlorine gas through the apparatus before heating begins. (1 mark)

m
co
ii) Calcium oxide is more preferred in the guard tube than calcium chloride. (2 marks)

s.
c) i) What property of Iron (III) chloride makes it possible to be collected as shown in the diagram.

er
ap
(½ mark)

p
ii) Name another substance which has the same property as Iron (III) chloride. (½ mark)

st
pa
d) Write an equation of the reaction which takes place in the guard tube.
se (1 mark)
e) Explain why all dry apparatus and conditions are preferred in the experiment above. (1 mark)
kc

f) The total mass of Iron (III) chloride formed was found to be 0.5g. Calculate the volume of chlorine gas that
ee

reacted with Iron. (Fe = 56, Cl =35.5, Molar gas volume = 24000cm3) (3 marks)
.fr

g) When hydrogen sulphide gas was passed through a solution of Iron (III) chloride, the following observation
w
w

were made; red-brown solution changed to green and a yellow solid deposited.
w

Explain this observation. (2 marks)

sit

5. a) State the Hess’s law. (1 mark)

vi
rs

b) Study the equations below and answer the questions that follow.
pe

I. C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g) ∆H1 = − 393 kJmol–1

pa

II. H2(g) + ½O2(g) H2O(l) ∆H2 = − 286 kJmol–1

am

III. C3H8 (g) + 5O2(g) 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) ∆H3 = − 2209 kJmol–1

ex
e

i) Name two heat changes represented by ∆H1 (2 marks)

fre

ii) Calculate the heat of formation of propane from the equations above, using the energy cycle diagram.
e
or

(3 marks)
rm

iii) Draw the energy level diagram for equation III. (2 marks)
fo

6. a) Candle wax is a compound comprising of two elements. Name them. (2 marks)

b) The set-up below was used to investigate the burning of a candle.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.
To sunction

Tube M
pump

Cotton
wool
Funnel

Candle

Calcium oxide Tube L

Tube N Solid calcium
chloride

11
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

i. What would happen to the burning candle if the sunction pump was turned off. Explain.
(2 marks)
ii. Explain the purpose of calcium oxide in tube N? (2 marks)
iii. What is the role solid calcium chloride in tube L.? (1 mark)
iv. Name another substance that could be used in place of calcium oxide in tube N. (1 mark)
v. State two gases that came out through tube M. (2 marks)
7. A colourless gas was passed over heated led (II) oxide and the products of the reactions were collected as shown
in the diagram below.

Lead (II) oxide

Nitrogen gas
Gas X

m
co
Heat

s.
er
Ice-cold
Water Water

ap
water

p
st
pa
a)Name gas X. se (1mark)
b)State the observation made in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
kc

c)What is the purpose of the ice-cold water? (1 mark)

ee

d)Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
.fr
w

e)Why is it possible to collect nitrogen gas as shown in the set up? (1 mark)
w

f)Name the method of obtaining nitrogen gas from air. (1 mark)

w
it

8. In an experiment to determine the rate of reaction excess lumps of calcium carbonate were added to 2M
s
vi

hydrochloric acid. The mass of calcium carbonate left was recorded after every 30 seconds.
rs

The results are shown in the table below.

pe

Time (seconds) 0 39 60 90 120 150 180 210

pa
am

Mass of calcium
ex

carbonate left 2.00 1.60 1.30 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.80
e
fre

(g)
e
or
rm
fo

a) Write the equation for the reaction that took place. (1 mark)
b) On the graph paper provided, plot a graph of mass of calcium carbonate (vertical axis) against time.
(3 marks
c) From the graph;
i. Determine the rate of reaction at the 105th second. (2 marks)
ii. Why does the curve level off after some time? (1 mark)
d) On the same graph sketch a curve for the same reaction using 4M hydrochloric acid and level it.
(1 mark)
e) Explain why the experiment above would not be performed with dilute sulphuric (VI) acid.
(2 marks)

12
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

13
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
MERU CENTRAL CLUSTER EXAMS
233/3
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)

1. You are provided with

- 3.15g of solid A
- 0.1M Sodium carbonate (solution B)

You are required to determine

a) The solubility of A at different temperatures
b) The number of moles of water of crystallisation in solid A.

PROCEDURE 1
a) Using a burette add 4cm3 of distilled water to solid A in a boiling tube. Heat the mixture while stirring with the
thermometer until all the solid dissolves.
Allow the solution to cool in air while stirring with the thermometer
Note the temperature at which crystals of A appear and record in the table 1 below

m
b) Using a burette, add 2cm3 of distilled water to the content of the boiling tube, warm the mixture while stirring with

co
the thermometer until all the solid dissolves. Allow the solution to cool while stirring and record the temperatures

s.
er
at which crystals appear.

ap
c) Complete the table 1 by calculating the solubility of solid A at different temperatures

p
st
NB: Keep the content of the boiling tube for procedure 2.
pa
se
Table 1
kc

Volume of water in the boiling Temperature at which crystals Solubility of A g/100g of

ee
.fr

tube appear water

w
w

4
w
its

6
vi
rs
pe

8
pa

10
am
ex

12
e
fre

(6 marks)
e

I) Plot a graph of solubility of A (vertical) axis against temperature. (3 marks)

or
rm

II) Using your graph determine the temperature at which 60g of solid A would dissolve in 100g of water.
(1 mark)
fo

PROCEDURE 2
a) Transfer the content of the boiling tube into a 250ml volumetric flask.
b) Add distilled water upto the mark and label this solution A.
c) Fill the burette with solution A.
d) Using a clean pipette transfer 25ml of solution B into a conical flasks, add 2 – 3 drops of methyl orange
indicator.
e) Titrate A against B until the colour changes to pink.
f) Record your results in the table 2 below.
g) Repeat C to F two more times.

Table 2
I II II
Final burette reading (cm3)

14
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution A used (cm3)
(4 marks)
a) Determine the average volume of solution A used. (1 mark)
b) How many moles of sodium carbonate were used? (1 mark)
c) If 1 mole of A reacts with 1 mole of Na2CO3, how many moles of A were used? (1 mark)
d) Determine the molarity of solution A. (1 mark)
e) Determine the molar mass of solid A. (1 mark)
f) If the formula of A is (COOH)2.XH2O. Determine the value of X. (C = 12, O = 16, H = 1)
(2 marks)

2. You are provided with solid C. Use it to carry the tests outlined below.
Dissolve the whole of C into 10cm3 of distilled water and divide the resulting solution in to 5 portions.
a) To the first portion add dilute hydrochloric acid.
Observations Inferences
(1 mark) (2 marks)

m
co
s.
er
b) To the second portion add sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.

ap
p
Observations Inferences

st
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w

c) To the third portion add sodium sulphate solution.

it

Observations Inferences
s
vi
rs

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)
pe
pa

d) To the fourth portion add Lead (II) nitrate solution.

am

Observations Inferences
ex
e
fre

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)
e
or
rm

e) To the last portion add Barium Nitrate solution.

fo

Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

3. You are provided with solid D. Use it to carry the tests outlined below.
a) Ignite 1/3 of solid D in a metallic spatula using a non-luminous flame.
Observations Inferences

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

b) To the remaining solid D in the test tube, add 6cm3 of distilled water and divide the resulting mixture
into 3 portions.
i) To the first portion add solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.

15
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Observations Inferences

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

m
co
s.
er
app
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

16
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

ii) To the second portion add acidified KMnO4 (potassium magnate (VII).
Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

iii) To the last portion add bromine water.

Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

m
co
LANGATA/DAGORETTI C LUSTER

s.
233/1

er
CHEMISTRY

ap
(THEORY)

p
st
PAPER 1
pa
1. A Student in form four placed a thermometer in molten naphthalene at 850C and recorded the temperature and time
se
kc

until the naphthalene solidified. From the values obtained, the figure below was drawn.
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre

(a) What name is given to such a figure?....................................................................... (1mk)

(b) Which part of the figure represents the change of state of naphthalene?............. (1mk)
e
or

(c) In terms of kinetic theory. Explain what happens to molecules along AB. (1mk)
rm

2. In a certain reaction, 18.7cm3 of a dibasic acid H 2 X required 25cm3 of 0.1M NaOH for complete neutralization.
fo

(a) How many moles of Sodium hydroxide are contained in 25cm3? (1mk)
(b) Calculate the molarity of the dibasic acid. (2mks)

3. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

(a) Identify solid G (1mk)

(b) Write a balanced chemical equation between the yellow solid and dilute nitric acid. (1mk)
(c) Write the formula of the complex ion in solution F (1mk)
4. Explain this observation:
17
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water, the solution conducts electricity while a solution of hydrogen
chloride gas in methyl benzene does not conduct electricity. (2mks)
5. Matter exists in three states which can be related as shown in the diagram below.

(a) Name processes: P: (1mark)

R: (1mark)
(b) Explain whether process Q is exothermic or endothermic (1mark)
6. (a) What is meant by allotropy? (1mark)

m
co
(b) Name two allotropes of carbon. (1mark)

s.
(c) Give one use of charcoal in the sugar refinery industry. (1mk)

er
ap
7. (a) State Graham’s Law of Diffusion (1mk)

p
(b) A given volume of ozone (O3) diffused from a certain apparatus in 96 seconds. Calculate the

st
pa
time taken by an equal volume of carbon(IV) oxide to diffuse under the same conditions. (C=12,O=16)
se
(2mks)
kc

8. (a) Name two ores from which copper is extracted. (1mk)

ee

(b) During the extraction of copper metal the ore is subjected to froth floatation. Give a reason why this process is
.fr

necessary. (1mk)
w
w

(c) One of the alloys of copper is brass. State its two uses. (1mk)
w

9. Draw a dot ( ) and cross (X) diagram to show bonding in sulphur (IV) oxide (1mk)
it
s
vi

10. A form one class carried out an experiment to determine the active part of air. The diagram below shows the set-
rs

up of the experiment and also the observation made.

pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(a) Identify substance M ……………………………………… (1mk)

(b) State two reasons for the suitability of substance M for this experiment (1mk)
(c) Write the equation for the reaction of substance M and the active part of air (1mk)

11. (a) Complete the following equation (1mk)

18
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(b) Name the homologous series to which the following compounds belong?
(i) CH3CCH ……………………………………… (1mk)
(ii) CH3CH2OOCCH3 ………………………………………………… (1mk)

12. The table below shows the pH values of solutions J to N

Solution J K L M N
pH 5 13 2 10 7
(a) Which solution contains the largest concentration of hydroxides ions? (1mk)
(b) Which solution is likely to be a solution of acetic acid? (1mk)

m
co
s.
er
p ap
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

19
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
13. The scheme below was used to prepare a cleansing agent. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Fat Solution of cleansing agent +

alcohol
Step II

Solid cleansing agent

(i) What name is given to the type of cleansing agent prepared by the method shown in the scheme?
(1mk)
(ii) Name one chemical substance added in step II (1mk)
(iii) What is the purpose of adding the chemical substance named in (ii) above. (1mk)
14. a) Define half – life of radio isotopes. (1mk)
b) Z grammes of a radioactive isotope take 100 days to decay to 20gms. If the half – life of the element is
25 days. Calculate the initial mass of Z of the radio- isotope. (2mks

m
15. Magnesium was burnt in air forming a white residue T. When put in a boiling tube with water effervescence was

co
noticed and colourless gas D with a characteristic pungent smell was evolved. The gas turned a wet red litmus

s.
er
paper blue.

ap
(a) Identify

p
(i) Residue T ……………………………………………………………. (1mk)

st
pa
(ii) Gas D…………………………………………………………… se . (1mk)
kc

(b) Write an equation for liberation of gas D. ( 1mk)

ee

16. Explain why the bleaching action of chlorine is permanent while bleaching by sulphur (IV) oxide is temporary.
.fr
w

(2marks)
w
w
it

17. Explain how you would separate a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen gases given that their boiling points are -
s
vi

196oC and -183oC respectively. (3mks)

rs
pe

18 Hydrazine gas, shown below, burns in oxygen to form nitrogen gas and steam.
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm

(a) Write an equation for the reaction (1mk)

fo

(b) Using the bond energies given below, calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction in (a) above
(2mks)
Bond Bond energy KJ per mole
944
N≡N
163
N=N
388
N−H
496
O =O
463
H−O

20
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

19 Using reagents provided only, explain how you could prepare solid Zinc carbonate. (2mks)

 Zinc powder
 Nitric (V) acid (dilute)
 Water
 Solid sodium carbonate
20 The apparatus below was set up to show the catalytic oxidation of ammonia.

m
(a) Identify the brown fumes observed at the mouth of the conical flask. (1mk)

co
(b) Write down the equations of the reactions representing

s.
er
(i) Catalytic oxidation of ammonia (1mk)

ap
(ii) The formation of the brown fumes. (1mk)

p
st
21 Consider the chromatogram below. pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
s it
vi
rs
pe
pa
am

A B C D E F
ex

Black Yellow Red Blue Green

e
fre

A piece of chromatogram paper was spotted with colour inks obtained from pens labeled A to F. The diagram above
shows the spots after the chromatograph was developed.
e
or
rm

(a) Which two pens contained the same pigment? (1mk)

fo

(b) According to the chromatogram which pigments are present in the inks of the pen number F
(1mk)
(c) Describe how one could get a sample of yellow pigment (1mk)
22. Consider the following reaction at equilibrium.
PCl 5( g ) ⇌ PCl3( g ) + Cl2 ( g )
Complete the table below to show the effect of different factors on the position of equilibrium (3mks)
Factor Effect on the equilibrium position
(i) Decrease pressure
(ii) Removing chlorine
(iii) Adding Helium gas to mixture
23. A student
investigated the effect of an electric current by passing it through some substances. The student used inert
electrodes and connected a bulb to the circuit. The table below shows the substances used and their states.
21
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Experiment Substance State
1 Potassium carbonate Solid
2 Copper (II) sulphate Solution
3 Sugar Solution
4 Lead (II) iodide Molten

(a) In which experiments did the bulb not light? (1mk)

(b) Explain your answer in (a) above. (2mks)
24. Give a reason why the formula mass of NO2 is sometimes 92 instead of 46. (1mk)

25. A compound contains only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen .Combustion of 1.068g of the compound produces
1.601g of carbon (IV) oxide and 0.437g of water. The molar mass of the compound is 176.1g⁄mol. What is the
empirical and molecular formulae of the compound? (2mks)
26. (a) A sample of water in a beaker was found to boil at 102℃ at 1 atmospheric pressure. Assume that the
thermometer was not faulty explain this observation (1mk)

m
(b)Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow.

co
Solubility (g/100g water)

s.
er
At 40℃ At 60℃
Salt

ap
28 38

p
CuSO4

st
pa
79 98
Pb(No3)2
se
kc

A mixture containing 35g of CuSO4 and 78g of Pb(NO3)2 in 100g of water at 60℃ was cooled to 40℃
ee

(i) Which salt crystallized out? Give a reason. (1mk)

.fr
w

(ii) Calculate the mass of the salt that crystallized out. (1mk)
w

27. A student was asked to determine the percentage of zinc metal in a mixture of zinc metal and zinc oxide. He
w
it

reacted the mixture with excess hydrochloric acid and accurately collected the gas evolved, which was then used
s
vi

to calculate the amount of zinc in the mixture.

rs

(a) Name the gas that was evolved………………………………………………… (1 mark)

pe

(b) Apart from the reaction liberating the gas write a balanced equation for the other reaction that took
pa

place . (1 mark)
am

(c) Why would dilute nitric acid not suitable for this reaction? (1 mark)
ex

28. Below is part of the flow diagram of the contact process.

e
fre
e
or

Liquid M
rm

CHAMBER
fo

SO3

CHAMBER
Liquid N Concentrated Sulphuric (VI)
B
acid

22
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(a) Identify (i) Liquid M………………………………………………… (1mk)

(ii) Liquid N………………………………………………… (1mk)
(b) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in chamber B. (1mk)
29. Chlorine gas dissolved in distilled water to form chlorine water
(a) Name the compounds present in the chlorine water. (1mk)
(b) What would be observed if blue litmus paper is dipped in chlorine water? Explain. ( 2mks)
30. A fixed mass of gas occupies 105cm3 at -14℃ and 650mmHg pressure. At what temperature will it have a volume
of 15cm3 if the pressure is adjusted to 690 mmHg pressure (2mks)

LANGATA/DAGORETTI CLUSTER
233/2
CHEMISTRY
Paper 2
THEORY
1. The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow. The letters do

m
not represent the actual symbols of the element.

co
s.
er
ap
N S

p
st
pa
K Q O se P F M
kc

R
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it

a) What name is given to the group of elements to which Q and R belong? (1 mark)
s
vi

b) Write the formula of the compound formed when Q and P combine. (1 mark)
rs

c) Name the type of bond formed in (b) above. (1 mark)

pe

d) How does the atomic radii of O and P compare? Give a reason. (2 marks)
pa

e) Draw a dot (.) and cross (x) diagram for the compound formed between N and F. (1 mark)
am

f) Explain how you would obtain a pure sample of the carbonate of K from its mixture with Lead carbonate
ex

powder. (2 marks)
e
fre

g) Give one use of element M. (1 mark)

h) The melting point of M is -189oC lower than that of F -102oC. Explain this difference in their melting points.
e
or

(2 marks)
rm
fo

2. The list below shows the formulae of some organic compounds. Use letters T1 to T6 to answer the questions that
follow.
T1 – CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3
T2 – CH3CH2CH2COOC2H5
T3 – CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
T4 – CH3CH2CH2COOH
T5 – CH3CH2CHCH2
T6 – CH3CCCH3
(a) Select two compounds which:
(i) Are not hydrocarbons (1mk)

23
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(ii) Would decolourise both bromine water and acidified potassium manganite (VII) (1mk)
(iii) Would produce hydrogen gas when reacted with potassium metal (1mk)
(b) Select a compound which would produce bubbles of a gas when reacted with sodium carbonate.(1mk)
(c) (i)Identify the compound that is likely to undergo polymerization. Give a reason for your answer. Using two
molecules show how polymerization occurs.
I. Compound (1mk)
II. Reasons (1mk)
III. Polymerization (1mk)

(iv) Name the process by which compound T2 is formed and identify the compounds that were used to form it.
I. Process (1mk)
II. Compounds (1mk)
(d) Compound T3 can be converted to T4 as shown by the equation below:
C4H9OH(l) + O2(g) C3H7COOH(aq) + H2O(l)

m
co
Given the following information:

s.
er
ΔHc for C4H9OH = - 4910 kJ/mol

p ap
ΔHc for C3H7COOH = - 4090 kJ/mol

st
Determine the heat change for the reaction above. pa (2mks)
se
kc

3. a) What is meant by the term molar enthalpy of combustion? (1mks)

ee

b) The enthalpies of combustion of carbon, hydrogen and ethanol are given below.
.fr
w
w
w

C(s)+ O2(g) CO2(g) ∆ H = -393kJmol-1

s it
vi
rs

H2(g) + ½ O2(g) H2O(l) ∆H = - 286 kJmol-1

pe
pa

Enthalpy of combustion of ethanol ∆H = -1369kJ/ mol

am
ex
e

i) Draw an energy cycle diagram that links the enthalpy of formation of ethanol to enthalpies of combustion of
fre

Carbon, hydrogen and ethanol. (3 marks)

e
or

ii) Determine the enthalpy of formation of ethanol (1 marks)

rm

c. An experiment was carried out where different volumes of dilute nitric acid (v) acid and aqueous potassium
fo

hydroxide both at 25oC were mixed and stirred with a thermometer.

The highest temperature reached by each mixture was recorded in the table below.

Volume of nitric (V) acid

(cm3) 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Volume of potassium
hydroxide cm3 36 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4
Highest temperature of
mixture 19.8 22.2 24.6 27.0 27.0 25.0 23.0 21.0 19.0

Plot a graph of highest temperature (vertical axis) against volume of nitric acid. (horizontal axis) 3mks
Using your graph, determine the;

24
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
i.highest temperature reached ( ½ marks)
ii.The volume of the acid that reacted when the highest temperature is reached. ( ½ marks)
iii.The amount of heat liberated during the neutralization process
(Specific heat capacity is 4.2jg-1K-1 and the density of solution is 1.0gcm-3 (2 marks)

d) The molar enthalpies of neutralization for dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric (v) acid are -55
KJmol-1.while that of ethanoic acid is -52.2kJ/mol. Explain this observation. (2 mks)

4. Experiment was set as shown below.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
(a) What is observed on the bulb when the switch is closed? pa (1mk)
se
(b) Which electrode will be cathode? (1mk)
kc
ee

(c) Write down the half-cell equations for:

.fr

i. Copper electrode. (1mk)

w

ii. Zinc electrode. (1mk)

w
w

(d) Write the overall ionic equation for the electrochemical cell. (1mk)
it
s
vi
rs

(e) The table below shows the electrode potentials.

pe
pa

Cu2+ (aq) + 2e- Cu(s) E θ = + 0.34V

am
ex
e
fre

Zn2+ (aq) + 2e- Zn(s) E θ = – 0.76V

e
or
rm
fo

What is the value of the voltage of the cell? (2mks)

(f) The switch is kept closed. State and explain the observation expected after sometime on the
(i) The zinc rod. (2mks)
(ii) Copper (II)Sulphate solution. (2mks)

25
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
5. The chart below represents the extraction of iron and some of its uses.

Raw materials exhaust gases

Wrought
Blast Pig Iron Steel
Hot air Iron
furnace
Molten iron

HCL (aq) Iron fillings

slag

Step I steam Step II Step III

Cl(g)
Black Solid C + gas Y Solid
B

m
Solution A

co
s.
er
ap
Step IV (NH3 (aq)

p
st
Solid x pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w

(a) Name the raw materials fed into the blast furnace. (2mks)
s it
vi

(b) Name 3 exhaust gases emitted from the blast furnace. (1½mks)
rs

(c) (i)Why is it necessary to convert pig iron into wrought iron (1mk)
pe

(ii)State one commercial use of iron. (1mk)

pa

(d) Name substances

am

A, B,C,X & Y (2½mks)

ex

(e) Write equations for reactions in steps

e

i) II
fre

ii) III (2mks)

e
or

iii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction in step I. (1mk)

rm

iv) What observations are made in steps? (2mks)

fo

I
I

26
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

6. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Brine Ammoniacal
Tower P Filter
Brine
Solution
Gas Q F
Heating
Gas M Chamber C
Limestone
Solid X
Add water
Heat
Chamber K
Na2CO3

m
co
s.
L

er
p ap
st
pa
a) Name Gas M se (1 mark)
b) Name solution F and solid X (1 mark)
kc

c) Name the product L formed and give one of its uses

ee

d) Write equation of the reaction in the;

.fr
w

(2 mark)
w

i. tower P -
w
it

ii. chamber K -
s
vi

e) Name two raw materials required in the manufacture of Sodium carbonate (2 marks)
rs

f) Write an equation of the reaction when solid x is heated. (1 mark)

pe

7. The table below shows the volume of nitrogen (IV) Oxide produced when different volumes of 1M Nitric (V)acid
pa

– were each reacted with 4.14g of lead at room temperature.

am
ex

Volume of 1 M Nitric (V) acid (cm3) Volume of Nitrogen (IV) oxide gas (cm3)
e
fre

10 120
e

30 360
or
rm

50 600
fo

70 840
90 960
110 960

(a) Explain how the rate of the reaction between lead and nitric (V) acid would be affected if the temperature of the
reaction mixture was lowered. (1mks)
(b) On the grid provided below plot a graph of the volume of the gas produced (vertical axis) against volume of
acid. (3mks)
(c) Using the graph, determine the volume of
(i) Nitrogen (IV) oxide produced when 60cm3 of 1M Nitric (V) acid were reacted with 4.14g of lead.
(1mk)
(ii) 1M Nitric (V) acid which would react completely with 4.14g of lead. (1mk)
(d) Using the answer in d(ii)above, determine
(i) The volume of 1M Nitric (V) acid that would react completely with one mole of lead. (Pb = 207).
(2mks)

27
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(e) Calculate the number of moles of
(i) 1M Nitric (IV) acid reacted with one mole of lead. (1mk)
(ii) Nitrogen (IV) oxide produced when one mole of lead were reacted with excess nitric acid. (Molar gas
volume is 24000cm3).
(f) Using the answers obtained in e(i) and e(ii) above; write the equation for the reaction between lead and nitric
(V) acid given that one mole of lead (II) nitrate and two moles of water were produced (1mk)
(g) Give a reason why nitric (V) acid is stored in dark bottles. (1mk)

LANGATA/DAGORETTI CLUSTER
233/3 CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
END OF TERM II 2020

(CONFIDENTIAL)

In addition to the apparatus found in the laboratory each candidate will require the following
 About 0.5g of solid F
 About 1g of solid G

m
co
 6 clean test-tubes

s.
 Universal indicator solution and a pH chart

er
Ethanol supplied with a dropper

ap

Clean dry metallic spatula

p


st
1 boiling tube
pa

Distilled water
se

kc

 Solution J, about 130cm3

ee

 Solution Q, about 160cm3

.fr


Solution R, about 30cm3
w
w

 Screened methyl orange indicator

w

 Methyl orange indicator

it
s

 100ml measuring cylinder

vi

Filter paper
rs


pe

 Means of labeling
pa

 Solid P
am

 Thermometer
ex

 100ml beaker
e
fre

Access to the following;

e
or

 Ethanol supplied with a dropper

rm

 Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid supplied with a dropper bottle

fo

 Acidified Potassium dichromate (VI) solution

 Acidified Potassium Manganate (VII) solution.
 2M Ba(NO3)2 solution.
 2M NaOH solution.
 2M HCl acid.
 Source of heat.

Preparation
 Solution J is 0.12M HCL, prepared by adding about 800cm3 of distilled water to 4.05cm3of concentrated HCL
of density
1.08gcm-3 and making it to one litre of solution.
 Solution Q is prepared by dissolving 5.3g of anhydrous sodium carbonate in enough distilled water and making
up to one
litre of solution.
 Solution R is prepared by dissolving 15.75g of hydrated barium hydroxide in enough distilled water and top up
to one
28
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
litre of solution.
 Solid P is 2.0g of oxalic acid weighed accurately and supplied in a stoppered container
 Solid F is maleic acid
 Solid G is sodium sulphite

233/3
CHEMISTRY
Paper 3
(PRACTICAL)

1.You are provided with:

− A monobasic acid HA, solution J.
− Sodium carbonate solution, solution Q, containing 1.325g in 250cm3 of solution.
− Solution R, containing 15.75g of M(OH).8H2O per litre.
− Screened methyl orange indicator.

m
co
You are required to:

s.
− Standardize solution J.

er
ap
− Determine the relative atomic mass of element M in M (OH)2. 8H2O.

p
st
pa
se
Procedure 1
kc

Fill the burette with solution J. Pipette 25cm3 of solution Q into a clean 250ml conical flask and add 2 – 3 drops of
ee
.fr

screened methyl orange indicator. Titrate this solution with the solution in the burette and record your results in table
w

1 below. Repeat this procedure and complete the table. Retain solution J in the burette for use in procedure II.
w
w

Table 1
it

Titre I II III
s
vi

Final burette reading (cm )

3
rs
pe

Initial burette reading(cm3)

pa
am

Volume of J used (cm3)

ex
e
fre

(4 marks)
a) Calculate the average volume of solution J used. (1 mark
e
or

b) Determine the concentration of solution Q in moles per litre (Na=23, C=12, O=16 ) (1 mark)
rm

c) (i)Determine the number of moles of the monobasic acid solution, HA, that are in the averaged value
fo

calculated in (b) above. (1 mark)

(ii) Determine the concentration of solution J in moles per litre. (1 mark)

Procedure 2
− Using a 25cm3 measuring cylinder, transfer 25cm3 of solution R into a clean 250ml conical flask. Using a 100ml
measuring cylinder, transfer 75cm3 of solution Q into the flask with solution R. Boil the mixture for about 5
minutes. After cooling filter into a conical flask and transfer the filtrate into a clean 100ml measuring cylinder
and add distilled water to make exactly 100cm3 of solution. Label this solution as solution S.
− Pipette 25cm3 of solution S into a conical flask and titrate it with solution J using 2 drops of screened methyl
orange indicator. Record your results in table 2 below. Repeat this to complete the table.

29
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Table 2
Titre I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)

Initial burette reading(cm3)

Volume of J used (cm3)

(4 marks)
d) Calculate the average volume of solution J used. (1mark)
e) Determine the number of moles of:
i) The monobasic acid, HA, in the average volume. (1 mark)
ii) Sodium carbonate in 25cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
iii) Sodium carbonate in 75cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
iv) Sodium carbonate in the original 75cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
v) Sodium carbonate that reacted with solution R. (1 mark)
vi) M (OH)2. 8H2O in 25cm3 of solution R. (1 mark)
(1 mole of M (OH)2. 8H2O reacts with one mole of sodium carbonate)

m
f) Determine

co
(i) the concentration of solution R in moles per litre. (1mark)

s.
er
ap
p
(ii) the relative formula mass of M(OH)2.8H2O. (1 mark)

st
pa
(iii) the relative atomic mass of M (O=16.0, H=1.0) se (1mark)
kc
ee

2. You are provided with:

.fr

Solid P, 2.0 g of a dibasic acid H2X.

w
w

You are required to determine the molar heat of solution of solid P.

w
its

PROCEDURE
vi
rs

Place 30cm3 of distilled water into a 100ml beaker. Measure the initial temperature of the water and record it in
pe

the table below. Add all the solid P at once and stir the mixture carefully with the thermometer until all the solid
pa

dissolves. Measure the final temperature reached and record it in table.

am
ex

Final temperature (oC)

e
fre

Initial temperature (oC)

e
or
rm

(3 marks)
fo

a) Determine the change in temperature, ∆T. (1 mark)

b) Calculate the:
i. heat change when H2X dissolves in water. (Assume the heat capacity of the solution is 4.2 Jg-1oC -1 and
density is 1g/cm3) (2 marks)
ii. Number of moles of the acid that were used. (Relative formula mass of H2X is 126) (1mark)
iii. Molar heat of solution, ∆H, of the acid H2X.
(1mark)
3. You are provided with solid G. Place all solid G in a boiling tube. Add distilled water and shake. Divide the
resulting solution into three portions.

Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

30
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
i) To the first portion add drops of 2M sodium hydroxide.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

ii) To the second portion dip a metallic spatula in the solution and burn it directly on a non-luminous
flame.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

iii) To the third portion add three drops of barium nitrate solution followed by 2cm3 of 2M hydrochloric acid.

Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

m
co
s.
er
pap
iv) To the fourth portion add three drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI) solution.

st
pa
Inferences 0bservations se
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)
kc
ee
.fr
w
w

b) You are provided with solid F. Carry out the tests below and record your observations and inferences in the spaces
w
it

provided
s
vi
rs

(i) Using a metallic spatula, heat half of solid F in a non-luminous bunsen burner flame .
pe

Inferences 0bservations
pa
am

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)
ex
e
fre

(ii) Put a half spatula endful of solid F into a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water
e
or

and shake.
rm

Inferences 0bservations
fo

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

Divide the resulting solution from a(ii) above into two portions
(iii) To the first portion,2 -3 drops of universal indicator and determine its pH.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

(iv)To the second portion, add two drop of acidified potassium Manganate (VII) solution and shake.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

31
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(c) Put half spatula endful of solid F into a boiling tube and add 5 drops of ethanol followed by 2 drops of
concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid.warm the mixture.
Inferences 0bservations
( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

32
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

LANJET F4 JOINT EXAMINATION – 2020

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education
233/1
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1

1. State the observations made when a piece of sodium metal is dropped into a beaker containing water.
(2mks)
2. During a class experiment, students passed gas X over heated copper metal, the metal changed its colour to
black.
(a) Identify gas X. (1mk)
(b) Name the black substance formed. (1mk)
3. Aluminium is extracted from its ore by electrolysis.
(a) Name the main ore of Aluminium . (1mk)
(b) The Aluminium ore in (a) above has a very high melting point.(20150C),though it is electrolyzed at a
lower temperature of about 9000 C. Explain how the low temperature is achieved.
(1mk)

m
(c) In the above process, graphite electrodes are used. What is the disadvantage of using this kind of

co
electrodes

s.
er
(1mk)

ap
4. A student added 50cm3 of 1.0M aqueous Sulphuric (VI) acid to 50cm3 of 2.0M Potassium Hydroxide and

p
st
the temperature of the resulting solution rose by 40 C.
pa
se
(a) Define the term Molar heat of neutralization. (1mk)
kc

(b) Calculate the molar heat of neutralization

ee

(C=4.2KJKg-1 K-1 ,Density of solution=1g/cm3) (2mks)

.fr
w
w

5. Use the table below to answer the question that follow:

w
it
s
vi

Element Atomic number

rs

A 11
pe

B 13
pa

C 14
am

D 17
ex

E 19
e
fre

(a) Write an equation for the reaction between element A and water. (1mk)
e
or

(b) Explain the trend of atomic radii between elements A and D. (2mks)
rm
fo

6. In terms of structure and bonding, explain why graphite is used as a lubricant. (2mks)

7. (a) State the Boyles Law. (1mk)

(b) A given mass of the gas occupies 20cm3 at 250 C and 670mmHg pressure. Find the volume it will
occupy at 100 C and 335mmHg. (2mks)

1
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

8. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Mixture M

Step 1

Step 2 Add water and

White
precipitate Colourless
Add Barium Black solid
insoluble on solution
Nitrate
solution Step 3
Step 4
Add ammonia
Add dilute nitric (V)
solution in

Colourless Pale blue

m
co
solution l ti

s.
er
p ap
a) Name

st
pa
(i) Cations present in mixture M. se (1mk)
(ii) Anion present in the colourless solution. (1mk)
kc

b) Write an equation to show how the white precipitate in step 3 dissolves. (1mk)
ee

c) Name the process outlined in step 4 above. (1mk)

.fr

9. The solubility of potassium nitrate is 85g/100g of water at 50 0 C and 32g/100g of water at 25 0 C.

w
w

(a) Define the term solubility. (1mk)

w

(b) Calculate the mass of the crystals formed if a saturated solution of potassium nitrate in 50g of water at 50 0
it
s

C is cooled to 25 0 C.
vi

(2mks)
rs

10. Magnesium Chloride dissolves in water to form a neutral solution while iron (III) chloride forms an acidic
pe

solution. Explain.
pa

(2mks)
am

11. The diagram below is a set up to prepare a certain gas X. Study it and use it to answer the questions that
ex

follow
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(a) Identify gas X. (1mk)

(b) Why is the gas collected over water? (1mk)
(c) Why are Copper (II) Sulphate crystals added to the flask where the reaction takes place?
12. (a)Give the systematic names of the following organic compounds. (2mks)
(i) CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
(ii) CH3CH2COOCH2CH

2
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(b) Explain why an organic compound with the formula C4H8 burns with a more sooty flame than C4H10.
(2mks)
13. When solid Zinc Carbonate was added to a solution of Hydrogen Chloride in methylbenzene there was no
observable change. On addition of some water to the mixture there was effervescence. Explain the
observation. (2mks)
14. In titration experiment,25.0 cm of sodium hydroxide containing 8.0 g per litre was required for complete
3

neutralization of 0.245 g of a dibasic acid. Calculate the relative molecular mass of the acid.
(3mks)
15. (a) 100g of a radioactive isotope was reduced to 12.5g after 81 days. Calculate the half life of the
radioisotope.
(2mks)
1. 80Y decays by beta emission. What is the mass number and the atomic number of the product after
212

decay? (1 mk)
16. (a) Distinguish between ionization energy and electron affinity. ` (2mks)
17. The diagram below represents a paper chromatography for three brands of juice suspected to contain
unwanted food additives.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
s it
vi
rs
pe

From the results, it was found that unwanted additives are present in Y and Z only.
pa
am

On the chromatogram;
ex

a) Circle the spots which show unwanted food additives. (1mk)

e
fre

b) Name the solvent commonly used in paper chromatography. (1mk)

e

c) State two applications of chromatography.

or

(2mks)
rm

18. (a)Show bonding in Aluminium Oxide. (1mk)

fo

(b) Identify the type of bonds represented by p and q in the substances below.

H H O
q

O O H H
p

H H

q
p- (½ mk)
q- (½ mk)

3
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

19. The following diagram represents a charcoal burner. Study it and answer the questions that follow:

Write the equations for the reactions at A,B and C regions. (3mks)

m
20. Use the scheme below to answer the question that follow.

co
s.
er
Carbon (IV) oxide

pap
st
pa
Solid H se
kc

Solid J
ee
.fr

(Yellow when cold)

w
w

a) Identify process N. (1mk)

w

b) Identify the solids

it
s
vi

H- (½ mk)
rs
pe

J- (½ mk)
pa
am

21. Ammonia gas is prepared by Harber process according to the equation below:
N2(g)+3H2(g) 2NH3(g) +Heat
ex
e
fre

State and explain the effect on equilibrium when the following conditions are applied.
e
or

(a) Pressure increased. (1mk)

rm

(b) Temperature increased. (1mk)

fo

(c) State Le Chatelier’s principle. (1mk)

22. You are given the following half equations.

I2(s) +2e- 2I (aq) EѲ=+0.54V

Br2(l) +2e- 2Br - (aq) EѲ=+1.09V

(a) Write an overall equation for the cell reaction. (1mk)

(b) Calculate the EѲ value of the cell. (1mk)
(c) Name the oxidizing agent. (1mk)
23. When a current of 0.8Ampheres was passed for 44 minutes and 20 seconds through fused iodide of metal Z,
0.7167g of Z was deposited. Determine the charge of the ion of metal Z.
(1 Faraday=96500C,RAM of Z=65) (2mks)

24. The set up below shows how small pieces of copper are heated in nitrogen (I) Oxide.

4
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(a) Write an equation for the reaction which occurs in the glass jar. (1mk)
(b) Give one use of the Nitrogen (I) Oxide. (1mk)
25. State what would be observed if concentrated Sulphuric (VI) Acid is added to:
(a) Sugar crystals. (1mk)
(b) Hydrated Copper (II) Sulphate crystals. (1mk)

m
co
(c) What type of reaction has taken place above. (1mk)

s.
26. Explain why commercial indicators are preferred to flower extracts as acid base indicators. (2mks)

er
27. (a)Magnesium reacts with hydrochloric acid according to the following equation.

ap
Mg(s) +2HCl(aq) MgCl2(aq) +H2(g)

p
st
Identify the reducing agent. Give a reason for your answer.
pa (2mks)
se
kc

(b) Iron sheets are dipped in molten Zinc to prevent rusting .Name this process. (1mk)
ee

28. Explain why a balloon filled with helium gas deflates faster than a balloon of the same size filled with argon
.fr
w

gas. (2mks)
w

29. Complete the table below. (2mks)

w
it

Solution PH Nature of Solution

s
vi
rs

H 1.0
pe
pa

I Neutral
am
ex

J Weak acid
e
fre

K 13.0
e
or
rm
fo

30. A farmer intended to plant cabbages in his farm. He first tested the PH of the soil and found it to be 3.0.If
cabbages do well in alkaline soils, explain the advice that would be given to the farmer in order to realize a
high yield. (2mks)
31. Name an appropriate apparatus:
(a) That is used to prepare standard solutions in the laboratory. (1mk)
(b) That is used in heating solid substances strongly. (1mk)
(c) That can be used to separate two immiscible liquids. (1mk)
32. Some plants have seeds that contain vegetable oil.
(a) State the reagent and apparatus used to extract the oil from the seeds. (1mk)
(b) Explain how it could be confirmed that the liquid obtained from the seeds is oil? (1mk)
(c) State an application of the method of extracting oil above. (1mk)

5
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
LANJET F4 JOINT EXAMINATION – 2020
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education
233/2
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2

1. The diagram below shows a set up used by a student in an attempt to prepare collect oxygen gas

m
co
a) i) Identify and correct the mistakes in the set up to enable the preparation and collection of the gas.

s.
(2mks)

er
ii) Identify solid w. (1mk)

pap
st
b) A piece of phosphorous was burnt in excess air. And the product dissolved in hot water to make a
solution.
pa
se
i) Write an equation for the burning of phosphorous in excess air. (1mk)
kc

ii) The solution obtained in (b) above was found to have a pH of 2.0. Give reasons for this observation.
ee
.fr
w

(1mks)
w
w

c) Explain why cooking pots made of aluminium do not corrode easily when exposed to air. (1mk)
it

d) The reaction between sulphure (IV) Oxide and oxygen to form Sulphur (VI) Oxide is an exothermic
s
vi

reaction, which can be represented by the equation below;

rs

2SO2(g) + O2(g)  2SO3(g) H = -ve

pe
pa

A factory manufacturing sulphuric (VI) acid by contact process produces 350kg of sulphur(VI)oxide per day
am

(conditions for the reaction; catalyst, 2 atmospheres pressure and temperatures between 400 – 500 oC.)
ex
e

i) What is meant by an exothermic reaction? (1mk)

fre

ii) How would the yield per day of sulphur trioxide be affected if temperatures lower than 400oC are used?
e
or

Explain. (1mk)
rm

iii) All the sulphur (VI) Oxide produced was absorbed in concentrated sulphuric acid to form oleum.
fo

SO3(g) + H2SO4(l) → H2S2O7(l)

Calculate the mass of oleum that was produced per day. (S = 32.0, O= 16: H = 1.0) (3mks)

2. Study the table below and answer the questions that follow:

Compounds Melting point 0C Boiling points 0C

C2H4O2 16.6 118

C3H6 -185.0 -47.7

C3H8O -127 97.2

C5H12 -130 36.3

C6H14 -95.3 68.7

6
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(a) (i) Which of the compounds is a solid at 10ᵒC. Explain (1mk)
(ii) Choose two compounds which are members of the same homologous series and explain the
difference in their melting points (3mks)
(iii) The compound C3H8Ois an alcohol. How does its solubility in water differ from the solubility of
C5H12 in water? Explain (2mks)
(b) Complete combustion of one mole of a hydrocarbon produces four moles of carbon (IV) oxide and four
moles of water.
(i) Write the formula of the hydrocarbon (1mk)
(ii) Write the equation for the complete combustion (1mk)
(c) (i) In a reaction, an alcohol “J” was converted to hex -1-ene. Give the structural formula of alcohol “J”
(1mk)
(ii) Name the reagent and conditions necessary for the reaction in C (ii) above ( 1mk)
(d) Compound K reacts with sodium hydroxide as shown below

m
co
(i) What type of reaction is represented by the equation above (1mk)

s.
er
(ii) To what class of compound does “K” belong? (1mk)

p ap
st
(e) The following equations represent two different types of reactions
pa
se
(i) nC4H8(g) → [C4H8]n(g)
kc
ee

(ii) C2H6(g) + Cl2(g) → C2H5Cl(g) + HCl(g)

.fr
w

State the type of reaction represented by (i) and (ii) (1mk)

w
w
it
s

3. (a) Give the name of one reagent which when reacted with concentrated hydrochloric acid produces chlorine
vi

gas (1mk)
rs
pe

(b) A student set out to prepare iron (lll) chloride using apparatus shown in the diagram below
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(i) Explain why it is necessary to pass chlorine gas through the apparatus before heating begins?
(1mk)
(ii) What property of iron (III) chloride makes it possible to be collected as shown in the diagram(1mk)

(iii) The total mass of iron (III) chloride formed was found to be 0.5g. Calculate the volume of chlorine gas
that reacted with iron. (Fe = 56, Cl = 35.5 and molar gas volume at r.t.p is 24,000 cm3) (3mks)
(c) When hydrogen sulphide gas passed through a solution of iron (III) chloride the following observation was
made;
The colour of the solution changed from reddish brown to green and yellow solid was deposited. Explain
these observations (2mks)
(d) State and explain the observations that would be made if a moist blue-litmus paper was placed in a gas jar
full of chlorine gas (2mks)

7
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(e) Study the information to answer the questions that follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols
of the elements.
Elements Atomic number Melting point (0C)

L 11 97.8

M 13 660

N 14 1410

C 17 -101

R 19 63.7

a) i) Write the electron arrangement for the ions formed by elements “ M” and “C” (1mk)
ii) State the type of the bond that will be formed when M and C react. (1mk)
iii) In which group and period of the periodic table does element “R” belongs? (1mk)
iv) Element R loses its outermost electrons more readily than “L”. Explain (1mk)
v) Using dots and crosses to represent electrons, show bonding in the compound formed between N and
C. (2mks)
4. Study the energy level diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
its
vi
rs
pe

(a) (i) Which H values have a positive sign. (1mk)

pa

(ii) Which H values have a negative sign (1mk)

am

(iii) What chemical changes is being represented by (2mks)

H1 ………………………………………………………………………..
ex
e
fre

H4 ………………………………………………………………………..
e
or

b. The hydration energy of Al3+ and Cl- are -4690 and -364kJmol-1 respectively. The heat of solution
rm

of alluminium chloride is -332kJ mol-1.

fo

(i) Calculate the lattice energy of alluminium chloride (2mks)

(ii) Draw an energy level diagram for dissolving of alluminium chloride (2mks)
(c) When one mole of butanol is burnt. 2676kJ are liberated
(i) Write a chemical reaction for combustion of butanol. (1mk)
(ii) Considering the following heats of combustion
HθC (Graphite) = -393kJ mol-1
HθC (H2) (g) = -286kJ mol-1
HθC (Butanol) = -2676kJ mol-1
Draw an energy cycle for the above energy changes (2mks)
(iii) Calculate the heat of formation of butanol (2mks)

8
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
5. (a) The equations below shows the standard reduction potential for four half cell. Study it and
answer the questions that follow. Letters are not actual symbols of the element.
Eᶿ Volts
F2(g) + 2e- → 2F-(aq) + 0.54

G2+(aq) + 2e- → G(s) -0.44

H+2(aq) + 2 e- → H(s) + 0.34

2J+(aq) + 2e- → J2(g) 0.00

i. Write the equation for the reaction which takes place when solid “G” is added to a solution
containing H2+ (ions) (1mk)
ii. Calculate the Eᶿ value for the reaction in (ii) above (1mk)

(b)The diagram below shows the apparatus used to electrolyze acidified water to obtain hydrogen
and oxygen gases. Study it and answer the questions that follows?

m
co
s.
er
app
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
sit
vi
rs

i. Identify the electrodes marked K and J (1mk)

pe

ii. Write the equation that led to the production of gas (1mk)
pa

iii. Explain why hydrochloric acid is not used to acidify the water (1mk)
am

(c) During electrolysis of aqueous copper (II) sulphate 144750 columbus of electricity were used. Calculate
ex

the mass of copper metal that was obtained (Cu= 64, 1 Faraday = 96500 Columbus) (2mks)
e

6. The flow chart illustrates the extraction of zinc and preparation of Zinc (II) sulphate crystals. Study it and
fre

answer the questions that follow

e
or
rm
fo

9
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(a) Name
I. Gas Q …………………… (1mk)
II. Liquid R ………………………… (1mk)
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in
Chamber I ……………………………………………………………………………… (1mk)
The Roster ……………………………………………………………………………… (1mk)
Chamber II ………………………………………………………………………………… .(1mk)
(iii) Given that the zinc sulphide ore contain 45% of Zinc sulphide by mass, calculate

I. The mass in grains of Zinc sulphide that would be obtained from 250 kg of the ore. (1mk)
II. The volume of sulphur (IV) oxide (So2) that would be obtained from the above mass of zinc sulphide
at room temperature and pressure (S = 32.0, molar gas volume = 24 dm3). (2mks)
III. The mass of zinc metal that would be obtained in I above(Zn = 65.4) (1mk)
(b) In such an experiment sulphur (IV) Oxide may keep escaping to the atmosphere. Explain how this could
affect the environment. (1mk)
(c) Suggest one other manufacturing plant that could be set up near Zinc extraction plant. (1mk)
7. (a) State the difference between chemical and nuclear reactions (1mks)
(b) Below is a radioactive decay series starting from

214 206

m
Bi and ending at Pb. Study it and answer the questionsthat follows

co
83 82

s.
er
ap
214 219 210 210 210 206

p
Bi Step I Ti Step II Pb Step III Bi Step IV Po Step V Pb

st
pa
83 84 82 83 se 84 82
kc

(i) Identify the particle emitted in step I and III. (2mks)

ee

(ii) Write the nuclear equation for the reaction which takes place in step V (1mk)
.fr
w

(c) The table below gives the percentage of radioactive isotope of Bismuth that remains after decaying at
w

different times.
w
it

Time (mm) 0 6 12 22 38 62 100

s
vi

Percentage of Bismuth 100 81 65 46 29 12 3

rs
pe
pa

(i) On the grid provided below, plot a graph of the percentage of bismuth remaining (vertical axis)
against time (3mks)
am

(ii) Use the graph, determine the

ex

I. Half life of the Bismuth (1mk)

e
fre

II. Original mass of bismuth isotope given that the mass remained after 70 minutes was 0.16g
e
or

(1mks)
rm

(c) Give one use of radioactive isotope in medicine (1mk)

fo

10
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
LANJET CLUSTER JOINT MOCK EXAM
DECEMBER 2020
CHEMISTRY PP3

CONFIDENTIAL

In additional to the fittings and Chemical found in the lab each candidate will require the following.

1. Solid A. 17cm long magnesium ribbon

2. 80cm3 of solution B
3. 120cm3 of solution C
4. 1g of solid E in a container
5. 0.5g of solid F in a container
6. About 500cm3 of distilled water.
7. One 25ml pipette
8. One 50ml burette
9. One 100ml plastic beaker
10. Thermometer (-100c to 1100c )
11. Stop watch
12. Two 250ml conical flask

m
13. One 250ml volumetric flasks

co
14. 6 dry test tubes in rack

s.
er
15. Two boiling tubes

ap
16. One metallic spatualla

p
st
17. One piece each of red and blue litimus paper
pa
18. Piece of universal indicator paper se
19. Label
kc

20. About one cm2 Aluminum foil.

ee
.fr
w

Access to
w

1. Phenolphthalein indicator supplied with a dropper.

w
it

2. Bunsen burner
s
vi

3. Universal indicator and PH chart

rs

4. 2M sodium hydroxide supplied with a dropper

pe

5. Barium Nitrate supplied with a dropper

pa

6. Acidified potassium magnate (vii) supplied with a dropper

am

7. Freshly prepared bromine water supplied with a dropper

ex

8. 0. 5M sodium sulphate supplied with a dropper

e
fre

9. 0.5M sodium Chloride supplied with a dropper.

10. 0.5M lead (ii) Nitrate
e
or
rm
fo

Preparations
1. Solid A is 0.4g of Mg exactly 17cm long. Mg ribbon
2. Hydrochloric acid solution B is prepared by adding 172cm3 of concentrated hydrochloric acid of specific
gravity 1.18gcm-0 to 500cm3 of distilled water in one litter volumetric flask then adding distilled water to the
mark. Label this as solution B.
3. Solution C made of adding 12g of NaOH pellet in 200cc of distilled water, stir then top it up in 1000ml
volumetric flask.
4. Acidify potassium mangate (vii) prepared by dissolving 3.2g of potassium manganate vii in 200cm3 of 2M
sulphuric acid in 1L volumetric flask then adding water to the mark.
5. Barium Nitrate prepared by dissolving 26g of barium Nitrate in 800cm3 of distilled water then topping up to
1L.
6. Solid E is about 1g of barium Nitrate.
7. Solid F is 0.5g Malleic acid.

11
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
LANJET CLUSTER JOINT MOCK EXAMINATION - 2020
233/3
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL

1. You are provided with;

• Solid A magnesium ribbon
• Solution B 2MHCL
• Solution C, 0.3MNaOH
• Distilled water

You are required to determine the:

i. Temperature change when magnesium reacts with excess hydrochloric acid

ii. Number of moles of hydrochloric acid that remains unreacted
iii. Number of moles of magnesium that reacted
iv. Molar heat of reaction between magnesium and hydrochloric acid

Procedure 1

m
co
Using a burette, measure 50cm of solution B and place it in 100ml beaker. Measure the temperature of solution B

s.
in 100ml beaker after every 10 seconds. At 30th seconds add magnesium ribbon to solution B and continue

er
recording the temperature. Stir the mixture continuous with a thermometer making sure that the magnesium

ap
ribbon remains in the solution as it reacts. Measure the temperature after ever 10 seconds and record values at the

p
st
table below. Continue stirring and measure the temperature to complete table 1 below.
pa
se
Keep the resulting solution for use in procedure 2.
kc
ee

Table 1
.fr
w
w

a)
w
it
s

Time (sec) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130

vi
rs
pe

Temperature (0C) X
pa
am
ex

i) Plot graph of temperature against time on the grid provided. (3mks)

e

ii) On the graph, show the maximum change in temperature ∆𝑇𝑇 and deter mine its value.
fre
e
or

Procedure 2
rm
fo

Transfer all the solution obtained in procedure 1 into 250ml volumetric flask. Top up with distilled water to
250ml mark. Label it with solution D. Empty the burette and fill it with solution C. Pipette 25mlof solution
D and place it in 250ml conical flask. Add drops of phenolphthelene indicator and titrate solution C against
solution D. Record the results in table 2. Repeat the titration of solution C against solution D and complete
table 2.

Table 2
b)
I II III

Find burette reading

Initial burette reading

Volume of solution C (cm3)

(4mks)
i) Calculate average volume of solution C used. (1mk)
12
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
ii) Calculate the number of moles of:
a) 0.3M NaOH (1mk)
b) Hydrochloric acid in 25cm3 of solution D. (1mk)
c) Hydrochloric acid in 250cm3 of solution D. (1mk)
d) Hydrochloric acid in 50cm3 of solution B. (1mk)
e) Hydrochloric acid that reacted with magnesium. (1mk)
f) Magnesium that reacted. (1mk)

c) Using your answer in iv above, determine molar heat of reaction between magnesium and hydrochloric
acid. Assume the heat capacity of solution is 4.2Jg-1k-1 and density of solution 1g/cm3.
(2mks)

2. You are provided with solid E. Carry out the experiments below. Write your observation and inferences in
the space provided.
a) Place all solid E in a boiling tube. Add about 20cm3 distilled water and shake until all the solid dissolves
label this solution E. use solution E for experiments (i) and (ii)
i) To 2cm3of solution E in a test tube in each of experiments I,II,III and IV add:

I Two drops of aqueous sodium sulphate;

m
co
s.
Observations Inferences

er
ap
(1mk) (1mk)

p
st
pa
se
kc

II Five drops of aqueous sodium chloride;

ee
.fr

Observations Inferences
w
w
w

(1mk) (1mk)
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa

III Two drops of barium Nitrate;

am

Observations Inferences
ex
e

(1mk) (1mk)
fre
e
or
rm
fo

IV Two drops of lead (ii) Nitrate

Observations Inferences

(1mk) (1mk)

ii) To 2cm3 of solution E in a test tube add 5 drops of aques sodium hydroxide. Add a piece of Aluminium foil
provided to the mixture and shake. Warm the mixture and test any gas produced with the and read litmas
papers.

Observations Inferences

(2mk) (1mk)

3. You are provided with solid F. Carry out the following tests and record the observations and inference in the
space provided.
13
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
a) Place about one third of the solid F on a clean metallic spatula and burn it in a Bunsen burner flame.
Observations Inferences

(1mk) (1mk)

b) Place the remaining amount of solid F in a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3of distilled water and shake use the
mixture for tests (i) to (ii)
Observations Inferences

(½mk) (½mk)

i) Using about 2cm3 of the mixture in a test tube determine the PH Using universal indicator paper and chart.
PH Inferences

(1mk) (1mk)

ii) To about 2cm3 of the mixture in a test tube add three drops of acidified potassium manganese vii.
Observations Inferences

m
co
(1mk) (1mk)

s.
er
ap
p
iii) To about 2cm3 of the mixture in a test tube add two or three drops of bromine water.

st
pa
se
Observations Inferences
kc
ee

(1mk) (1mk)
.fr
w
w
w
s it
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

14
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
LAINNAKU- I FORM IV JOINT EVALUATION– 2020
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education
233/1

CHEMISTRY
1. a) Draw the structural formula of the following:
i) Ethyne (1 mark
ii) Ethane (1 mark)
b) What is a saturated hydrocarbon? (1 mark)
2. The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow:

m
co
i) Compare the reactivity of elements A and B (1mark)

s.
er
ii) State two uses of element I. (1mark)

ap
iii) Write electron configuration of element F (1 mark)

p
st
3. i) Define the term solubility.
pa (1mark)
se
ii) Use the information below to calculate the solubility of sodium nitrate.
kc
ee

Mass of evaporating dish = 15.10g

.fr
w

Mass of evaporating dish and salt = 20.10g

w

Mass of evaporating dish and solution = 40.10g (2marks)

w
it

4. Potassium consists of three isotopes with mass numbers Y, 40 and 41 having relative abundances 93.1%,
s
vi

0.01% and 6.89% respectively. Determine the value of Y given the atomic number of potassium is 19 and its
rs

relative atomic mass is 39.1379 (3

pe

marks)
pa

5. Describe how Hydrogen gas can be tested and confirmed in the laboratory (2 marks)
am

6. 200 cm3 of oxygen gas took 90 seconds to diffuse through a porous plug. Determine the time taken by 300
ex

cm3 of Sulphur (IV) oxide to diffuse through the same plug under the same conditions. (O= 16, S = 32).
e
fre

(3marks)
e
or

7. When 8.8g of hydrocarbon Z was burnt in excess air, 14.4g of water and 11.95 dm3 of carbon (IV) oxide were
rm

obtained at s.t.p. Determine the empirical formula of Z. ( MGV=22.4dm3) (3marks)

fo

8. (a) The diagram below is a set-up to prepare ethyne gas

(i) Name solid B ………………………… (1mark)

(ii) Write an equation for the reaction taking place between solid B and water. (1 mark)
(iii) State the property that makes the gas to be collected by the method shown in the diagram
15
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(1mark)
(iv) State one use commercial use of ethyne. (1 mark)
9. Study the set up below and answer the questions that follow.

(a) Name gas P … (1mark)

(b) Write a balanced equation for the reaction which takes place in the combustion tube. ( 1 mark)
(c) State and explain what would happen if magnesium would be replaced with copper. (1 mark)
10. The products formed by action of heat on nitrates of element X, Y and Z are shown below.

Nitrate of Products formed

m
co
X X oxide +Nitrogen (IV) Oxide + Oxygen

s.
er
ap
Y Y +Nitrogen (IV) Oxide+ Oxygen

p
st
Z Z nitrite + oxygen
pa
se
kc
ee

a) Arrange the metals in order of increasing reactivity. (1 mark)

.fr

b) Which element forms a soluble carbonate? (1mark)

w

c) Give an element that can be Y. (1mark)

w
w

11. Describe how you would fully separate solid lead (II) carbonate from a mixture of lead (II) carbonate, Iron
it

fillings and sodium carbonate. (3marks)

s
vi

12. The diagram below represents a set up used for the large scale manufacture of hydrochloric acid.
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

a) Name substance T……………………………. (1mark)

b) What is the purpose of the glass beads? (1mark)
(c) Give one use of hydrochloric acid. (1mark)

13. Give equations to show the reactions that take place when;
i) Mg reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid (1mark)
ii) Iron react with steam (1mark)
(b) Give one industrial use of the gas produced in the reactions in a(i) and a(ii) above.
. (1mark)
14. Study the set up below and answer the questions that follow.

16
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(a) What does the experiment demonstrate? (1 mark)

(b) When is this type of Bunsen burner flame produced? (1mark)
(c) Give two characteristics of the type of flame used in the above set-up. (1mark)

15. The set-up below was used to study some properties of air.
Moist iron wool

m
co
Test tube

s.
er
pap
st
pa
se
Beaker
Water
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w

State and explain two observations that would be made at the end of the experiment (2 marks)
it

ii) State any two methods of preventing rusting (1 mark)

s
vi

16. Study the table below and answer the questions that follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols
rs

of the element.
pe
pa

Formula of ion Electronic configuration

am

E2+ 2
ex
e

D- 2.8
fre
e
or

C- 2.8.8
rm

B3+ 2.8
fo

A2+ 2.8

Select elements found in: -

i) The same group ………………………………………………… (1 mark)
ii) Period three…………………………………………………….. (1 mark
iii) What is the family name given to the group number to which element E belongs (1 mark)

17
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
17. The set-up below is used to prepare dry sulphur (IV) Oxide in the laboratory. Answer questions that follow:

(a) Identify the mistake in the set-up

(b) Write an equation for the reaction in the set-up
(c) State how the polluting effects of the gas on the environment can be controlled

18. The set – up below was used to react dry chlorine gas with iron powder. The product Z was collected in
flask B.

m
co
s.
er
Guard tube

ap
Calcium oxide

p
st
Iron powder
pa
se Flask B
kc

Dry Cl2(g)
ee

Product Z
.fr
w

Combustion
w

Heat
w

tube
it
s
vi
rs

a) Identify product Z. (1 Mark)

pe

b) i) What property of product Z makes it possible to be collected as shown in the diagram (1 Mark)
pa

ii) Explain why calcium oxide would be preferred to calcium (II) chloride in the guard tube(1 Mark)
am
ex

19. Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid was added to white crystals as shown. The colourless gas P formed was
e
fre

passed over heated manganese (IV) oxide and a gas Y which bleached litmus paper was produced. The
experiment was repeated using powdered magnesium metal instead of manganese (IV) oxide. This time a gas
e
or

R which burned in air with a blue flame was formed.

rm
fo

(a) (i) Name gases

Y ……………………………………………………
(1Mark)
R …………………………………………………….
(1Mark)

18
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(ii) What type of chemical reaction occurred between gas P and manganese (IV) oxide
(1 Mark?)
20. The table below shows the pH values of some solutions.
Solution A B C D E

pH 6.5 13 2 10 7

a) Which solution is likely to be

(i) Sodium Hydroxide ……………………………………. (1/2mark)
(ii) Ammonia solution………………………………… (1/2mark)
(iii) Distilled water ………………………………………………… (1/2mark)
(iv) Wood ash………………………………………………………… (1/2mark)
(v) The pH of rain water in an industrialized area. Explain (1mark)

21. The following is a chromatogram showing the results obtained after separating two Substances P and T.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w

(a) Name :
w

A …………………………………………………………… (1 mark)
w
it

B …………………………………………………………… (1 mark)
s
vi

(b) Name a possible solvent which can be used in the above process. (1 mark)
rs

22. The diagram below represents an arrangement for preparing and collecting dry hydrogen. Study it and
pe

answer the questions that follow.

pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

a) Write the equation for the reaction that produces hydrogen gas (1mark)
b) Name the suitable substance that liquid K is likely to be. (1mark)
c) Explain why it is not advisable to use nitric (v) acid as an alternative acid in the (1mark)

19
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

23. Study the information in the table and use it to answer the question that follow.
Elements Na Mg Al Si P S Cl

Atomic 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
number

Atomic radii 0.157 0.136 O.136 0.117 0.110 0.I04 0.099

(nm)

a) State the trend in atomic radii from Sodium to chlorine (1mark)

b) Explain how the chloride of Aluminium differ from those of other metals in the period
(2marks)
24. The diagram below is a set-up used in preparation of ammonia solution. Study it and answer the questions
that follow

Ammonia

m
gas

co
s.
er
Inverted

ap
funnel

p
st
pa
Beaker se
kc

Water
ee
.fr
w
w
w

(i) What is the purpose of the filter funnel in the set-up above? (1mark)
it
s

(ii) What would happen if a delivery tube was used in place of the filter funnel? (1mark)
vi
rs

(iii) What observation would be made on red litmus paper placed into the solution in the beaker at the end of
pe

the experiment? (1mark)

pa

25. The setup below was used to investigate the reaction between calcium metal and water.
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

20
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(a) Identify solid X and state its purpose
(b) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that produces the flame. (1mark)
26. A fertilizer manufacturing industry uses 1400dm3 of ammonia gas per hour to produce ammonium sulphate.
Calculate the amount of ammonium sulphate produced in kg for one day if the factory operates for 18 hours.
(N = 14, H = 1, S = 32, O = 16, MGV = 24dm3) (3marks)
27. In the Haber process, the industrial manufacture of ammonia is given by the following equation:

(a) Name one source of hydrogen gas used in this process. (1 mark)
(b) Name the catalyst used in the above reaction. (1mark)
(c) State any two uses of ammonia. (1 mark)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

21
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
LAINNAKU-1 JOINT EVALUATION 2020
233/2
CHEMISTRY PAPER 2
(THEORY)
1. The figure below represents a section of the periodic table. Study it and answer questions (a) to (c). Note that
the letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.

A D

B G J F H E

C I

(a) Consider elements D, H and I

(i) Give the chemical family of these elements. (1 mark)
(ii) How do their ionic size compare. Explain. (2 marks)
(iii) Compare and explain the reactivity of the three elements. (2 marks)
(b) Write the electronic configuration of:

m
i) Element H (1 mark)

co
(ii) The ion of element G. (1 mark)

s.
er
ap
(c) A molecule of one of the elements is shown below.

p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

i) Identify this element from the section of the periodic table and give its actual name.
w

(2marks)
w
w

ii) Explain why this element has a higher boiling point compared to that of oxygen. (2 marks)
it
s

iii) Write an equation to show the reaction between the element named above with oxygen (1 mark)
vi

iv) Predict the pH of the oxide of the above element when in water. (1 mark)
rs
pe

2. The diagram below shows an experimental set up for preparing Carbon (II) oxide. Study it and answer the
pa

questions that follow.

am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

22
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
a) Identify gas Q. (1 mark)
b) State the reason why Carbon (II) Oxide is collected in the manner illustrated. (1 mark)
c) Write chemical equations for the reactions taking place in the: (2 marks)
i) Combustion tube
ii) Conical flask
d) Describe a simple test that can be used to distinguish between Carbon (II) Oxide and Carbon (IV) Oxide.
(2 marks)
e) State and explain the observation made when concentrated nitric (v) acid is added to charcoal in a test
tube.
(2 marks)
f) What is water gas? (1 mark)
3. a) Define the following terms (2 marks)
i) Exothermic reaction
ii) Activation energy

b) In an experiment to determine the heat of combustion of methanol. CH3OH, a student set up apparatus as
shown in the diagram below. Study the set up and the data and answer the questions that follow.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa

Volume of water =100cm3

am

Final temperature of water = 22.0 c 0

ex

Initial temperature of water = 36.00c

e

Final mass of lamp an methanol = 84.75g

fre

Initial mass of lamp and methanol =85.10g

e
or

Density of water = 1 g/cm3

rm

(Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 g-1K-1)

fo

(i) Write an equation for the combustion of methanol. (1 mark)

(ii) Calculate:
(iii) Number of moles of methanol used in this experiment. (1 mark)
(c) The heat change for this experiment. (2 marks)
(d) The heat of combustion per mole of methanol. (1 mark)
d) Explain why the molar heat of combustion for methanol obtained above is different from the theoretical
value. (1 mark)
e) State two factors to consider when choosing a fuel. (2 marks)
f) Outline two disadvantages of using hydrogen as a source of fuel. (2 marks)

23
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

4. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

m
co
Residue C was yellow when hot and white when cold.

s.
er
(a) (i) Identify.

ap
I White precipitate A (1 mark)

p
II Solution D (1 mark)

st
pa
III Residue C se (1 mark)
(ii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction of solution D with Pb(NO3)2(aq) (1 mark)
kc
ee
.fr
w

(iii) Write observations that would be made when ammonia solution is added drop wise till in excess to the
w

colorless solution D. (1 mark)

w
it

(iv) Name the property of white precipitate A leading to formation of colorless solution B (1 mark)
s
vi
rs

v) Name process K (1 mark)

pe
pa

(b) Ammonia gas bubbled into water forms a solution which conducts electricity whereas the solution formed
am

when it is bubbled through methylbenzene does not. Explain. (2 marks)

ex

(c) Boilers used for boiling hard water are normally covered with boiler scales after sometime.
e

(i) What is the chemical name for boiler scales? (1 mark)

fre

(ii) How is the boiler scale removed? (1 mark)

e
or
rm

5. (a) Define the term isomerism (1 mark)

fo

(b) Give the IUPAC names of the following organic compounds. (2 marks)

i) CH3 – CH2 – CH – CH3

|
CH – CH3
|
CH3
(ii) CH3 – C ≡ C – CH3

24
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(c) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow:

Identify A,B,C & D (4 marks)

(ii) Explain how substance A and CH3CH3 could be distinguished by burning. (1 mark)
(iii) Give one reason why soda lime is preferred to pure sodium hydroxide in step I. (1 mark)
(iv) Write down the equation for the reaction between substance A and hydrogen when equal numbers of

m
moles are used. (1 mark)

co
(v) State one application of the process represented by the equation in (iv) above (1 mark)

s.
er
d) Name two reagents that can be reacted in the laboratory to produce ethyne gas (2 marks)

ap
p
st
6. The figure below was set by a student to investigate the reaction between chlorine gas and hydrogen sulphide
gas.
pa
se
kc

Chlorine
ee

gas
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi

Flask
rs
pe

Hydrogen
pa
am

sulphide gas
ex
e
fre
e
or

a) i) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the flask. (1 mark)
rm
fo

ii) What observation was made in the flask? (1 mark)

iii) What precaution should be taken in carrying out the experiment? (1 mark)
b) i) Write a balanced chemical equation for the laboratory preparation of hydrogen sulphide gas.
(1 mark)
ii) State and explain the observation made when hydrogen sulphide gas is bubbled through a solution of
copper (ii) sulphate solution. (2 marks)
c) Both chlorine and sulphur (IV) oxide are bleaching agents. Distinguish the mode of bleaching of the two
gases. (2 marks)

25
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
d) The diagram below shows the Frasch process used for extraction of sulphur. Use it to answer the questions
that follow.

Hot compressed
air (15atm)

Super heated
water at 170°C

i) Identify X (1 mark)
ii) Why is it necessary to use superheated water in this process? (1 mark)

m
iii) State two physical properties of sulphur that makes it possible for it to be extracted by this method.

co
(2 marks)

s.
er
iv) Name the two crystalline forms of sulphur (1 mark)

ap
p
st
7. a) The diagram below shows a set-up used to heat hydrated copper (II) sulphate crystals.
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w

Liquid P
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe

Hydrated
pa

copper (II)
am

sulphate
ex
e

Freezing
fre

Mixture
e
or

Heat
rm
fo

i) State the colour change that occurred in the copper (II) sulphate crystals when heated.
(1 mark)
ii) Identify liquid P (1 mark)
iii) Describe the chemical test that could be used to confirm liquid P. (2 marks)
iv) Name the type of change that took place in the above set up. (1 mark)
v) State two characteristics of the type of change named above. (1 mark)

26
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

b) The diagram below is a set up for the laboratory preparation of dry oxygen gas.
Liquid J

Liquid K

Sodium peroxide

i) Name:
I. Liquid J………………………………………………………………… (1mark)
II. Liquid K…………………………………………………………………

m
co
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the flask. (1mark)

s.
(iii) Complete the diagram to show how dry oxygen can be collected. (1mark)

er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

LAINNAKU 1 JOINT EVALUATION - 2020

w
w

233/3
w

CHEMISTRY
it
s

PAPER 3
vi
rs
pe

CONFIDENTIAL
pa

In addition to the apparatus and fittings found in the laboratory, each student will require the following:
am

1. About 100cm3 of solution K

ex

2. About 100cm3 of solution N

e
fre

3. About 70cm3 of solution M

e

4. 1 pipette
or

5. 1 burette
rm

6. 3 conical flasks (250ml)

fo

7. A 250ml volumetric flask

8. 1 thermometer (-10o C to 110oC)
9. 8 test tubes
10. 1 boiling tubes
11. 10ml measuring cylinder
12. 100ml plastic beaker
13. 7 labels
14. a test-tube holder
15. Solid Q (about 0.5g)
16. Solid Z (about 0.5g)
17. Glass rod
18. Metallic spatula
19. Solid sodium hydrogen carbonate (about 0.2g)
20. 500 ml distilled water in a wash bottle
Access To:

1. Bunsen burner
2. methyl orange indicator supplied with a dropper
27
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
3. Bromine water supplied with a dropper
4. 2M sodium hydroxide supplied with a dropper
5. Aqueous Barium nitrate supplied with a dropper
6. 2M Nitric (v) acid supplied with a dropper
7. Acidified potassium manganate (vii) supplied with a dropper.

NB:

a) Solution K is prepared by dissolving 55ml of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid in one litre of solution.
b) Solution N is prepared by dissolving 8g of anhydrous sodium carbonate in one litre of solution
c) Sodium M is prepared by dissolving 80g of sodium hydroxide in one litre of solution.
d) Bromine water is prepared by dissolving 1cm3 of 20 volumes bromine water in 100cm3 of solution.
e) Acidified potassium manganate (VII) is prepared by dissolving 3.16g of KMnO4 in 600cm3 of
f) 2MH2SO4 and made to one litre solution.
g) Barium nitrate solution is prepared by dissolving 0.05g in one litre of solution.
h) 2M bench reagent of Sodium hydroxide is prepared by dissolving 80g of sodium hydroxide in one litre of
solution.
i) Nitric (v) acid is prepared by dissolving 126Ml of the stock acid in one litre of solution.
j) Solid Q = Hydrated sodium carbonate
k) Solid Z = Maleic acid.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
LAINNAKU
233/3 pa
se
kc

CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL
ee
.fr
w

1. You are provided with:

w
w
it

• You are provided with Aqueous sulphuric (VI) acid ,solution K

s
vi

• Solution N containing 4.0g of anhydrous sodium carbonate in 500 cm3of the solution.
rs

An aqueous solution of substance M, solution M

pe

•
pa

You are required to determine the;

am

I) Concentration of solution K.
ex

II) Enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric (VI) acid and substance M.

e
fre
e
or
rm

Procedure A
fo

Transfer 25.0cm3of the solution K into 250 ml volumetric flask using a pipette. Add water to make a 250cm3 of
solution. Label this as solution W. Place solution W in a burette.
Clean the pipette and use it to place 25.0cm3 of solution N into a clean conical flask .Add 3 drops of methyl
orange indicator provided and titrate with solution W .Record your result in table I below .Repeat the titration
two more times and complete the table I below.

28
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Table I
(4marks)

a) Calculate the:

i. Average volume of solution W used

(1mark)
ii. Concentration of sodium carbonate, solution N in moles per Littre (Na=23, C=12, O=16)

(1mark)
iii. Concentration of sulphuric (VI) acid in solution W in moles per litre

m
(2marks)

co
s.
iv. Concentration of Sulphuric (VI) acid in solution K in moles per litre

er
(1mark)

ap
p
st
PROCEDURE B
pa
- Label six test tubes as 1, 2,3,4,5, and 6.Using a measuring cylinder, place 2cm3 of solution K into test tube
se
number 1, 4cm3 in test tube number 2. Continue with this process for all the other test tubes as shown in table II
kc
ee

below.
.fr
w

- Clean the burette and fill it with solution M. From the burette, Place 14cm3of solution M into a 100ml plastic
w
w

beaker. Measure the initial temperature of this solution and record it in the table II below as T0. Add the content
it

of test tube number 1 to the plastic beaker containing solution M. Stir the mixture with thermometer and record
s
vi

the highest temperature reached in table II below as T1. Repeat the process with the other sample of solution M
rs

given in the table II and complete the table.

pe
pa

Table II
am

(4marks)
ex

Test tube number 1 2 3 4 5 6

e
fre
e

Volume of solution K (cm3) 2 4 6 8 10 12

or
rm

14 12 10 8 6 4
fo

Volume of solution M (cm3)

Highest temperature of mixture T1(oC)

Initial temperature of solution M T0 (oC)

Change in temperature , ΔT (oC)

a) On the grid below, draw a graph of ΔT (vertical axis) against volume of solution K (3marks)
b) From the graph, determine;
29
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(i) The maximum change in temperature (2 marks)
(ii) The volume of K required to give the maximum change in temperature (1mark)

(c)Calculate the

i. Number of moles of sulphuric (VI) required to give the maximum temperature change. (1mark)
ii. Molar enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric (VI) acid and substance M in kilojoules per mole of
sulphuric (VI) acid. (Specific heart capacity =4.2J/g/k, density of solution =1.0g/cm3) (2marks)
2. You are provided with solid Q Carry out the tests below and write your observation and inferences in the
spaces provided.

a) Place about third of solid Q into a dry, clean test tube .Heat gently and then strongly.

ii) Dip one end of a clean glass rod into the 2nd portion and put it on a non-luminous flame. RETAIN this
portion to be used in part (iii) that follows.

Observation Inference

m
co
s.
er
iii) a) To the 2rd portion retained in part (ii) above, add 3 drops of barium nitrate solution followed by about

ap
1cm3 of dilute nitric (V) acid.

p
st
pa
se
Observation Inference
kc
ee

1mark 1mark
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa

(iv)To the 3rd portion, add 4 drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI)
am
ex

Observation Inference
e
fre

1mark 1mark
e
or
rm
fo

3 You are provided with solid Z .Carry out the tests below and record your observations and inference
in the spaces provided.
a) Using a clean metallic spatula place about one third of the solid Z on a non-luminous Flame.
Observation Inference

1mark 1mark

b) Place all the remaining solid Z in a clean boiling tube. Add about 8cm3 of distilled water and shake until the
solid dissolves. Divide the mixture obtained into 3 portions.
(i) To the 1st portion, add all solid sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.
30
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Observation Inference

1mark 1mark

(ii)To the 2nd portion, add 3 drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution.
Observation Inference

1mark 1mark

(iii)To the 3rd portion, add 4 drops of bromine water.

Observation Inference

1mark 1mark

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

31
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
KIGUMO CLUSTER EXAM
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
1. Describe two observable characteristic of a luminous flame (2mks)
2. Study the table below to answer the question that follows
SOLUTION A B C D

PH VALUE 13.5 2.2 7.2 6.5

(i) Which solution is likely to be?

(a) Potassium hydroxide (1mks)
(b) Acid rain (1mks)
(ii) A substance E reacted with both solution A and B .What it is the nature of substance E (1mks)
3. Air was passed through several reagents as shown below

Air
Conc. Excess Excess heated
copper

m
NaoH magnesium

co
furnings powder

s.
er
ap
p
st
Escaping gases
pa
se
(i) Name one gas which escapes from the chamber containing magnesium powder. Give a reason for your
kc
ee

answer (2mks)
.fr

(ii) Writes an equation for the reactions which takes place in the chamber containing magnesium powder
w

(1mks)
w
w

4. (a) A fixed mass of a gas occupies 200cm 3 at a temperature of 230 c and pressure of 780mm Hg. Calculate
s it

the volume of the gas at -250c and 740mmHg

vi

(2mks)
rs
pe

(b) What is the relationship between the rate of diffusion of a gas and its molecular mass? (1mks)
pa

5. An atom of elements Q has a mass number 39.and 19 protons

am

(a) Write the electron arrangements of the Atom

(1mks)
ex

(b) State whether the elements is a metal or a non-metal (1mks)

e
fre

(c) State the period and group to which elements Q belongs

e

Group:………………………….. (1/2 mks )

or

Period :………………………… (1/2mks )

rm
fo

6. The table shows properties of metal chloride X and Y

Chloride Melting points (oc ) Electrical conductivity
X 203 Poor
Y 1070 Good

a) State the type of bond present in:

(i) X………………. (1mks)
(ii) Y…………….. (1mks)
(a) Explain why Y conducts electricity while X does not in terms of structure and bonding (1mks )

32
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
7. The figure shows an apparatus used to separate a mixture of water and hexane

(a) Name the apparatus shown (1mks)

(b) State the principle by which the mixture of the two liquid is separated. (1mks)
(c) Identify the liquids P and Q if the density of hexane is 0.54 g/cm3

m
(i) P………………….. (1 mk)

co
(ii) Q ………………… (1mk)

s.
8. 15 g of Zinc carbonate was strongly heated to a constant mass. Calculate the mass of the solid residue

er
ap
formed (Zn=65, C=12, O =16) (3mks )

p
9. Starting with copper metal describe how a sample of Copper (II) Sulphate can be prepared (3mks )

st
pa
se
10. Complete the following table
kc

Solution Nature of solution PH value

ee

A Strong acid
.fr
w

B 14
w
w

C Neutral
it
s

D
vi

8.5
rs
pe
pa

(2mks
am

)
ex

11. The flow chart shows the process that occurs in the manufacture of nitric (v) acid
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

33
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Name substances
(i) (J)…………. (1mks
)
(ii) (K) ………. (1mks
)
(iii) (l)…………. (1mks)
12. The figure below shows two gas Y and Z diffusing from opposite ends 18 seconds after the experiments

(a) Which of the gases has a lower density (1mks

)
(b) Given the molecular mass of gas Z is 17, calculate the molecular mass of Y (2mks)

m
co
13. The set-up below is used to prepare dry sulphur (IV) oxide in the laboratory. Answer questions that follows

s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(a) Identify the mistakes in the set-up (1mks

)
(b) State how the polluting effects of the gas on the environments can be controlled (1mks)
(c) Write an equation for the reaction in the set –up (1mks)
14. (a)State two properties that vulcanized rubber possess as a results of vulcanization (1mks
)
(b) In an attempts to prepare Sulphur (IV )oxide gas ,Sulphuric (VI) acid was reacted with barium
carbonate .The yield of Sulphur (IV)oxide was found to be negligible .Explain
(2mks)

15. Name the following compound of organic compounds

(a) CH3C(CH3)C(CH3)CH3 (1mk)
(b) CH3CH (CH3)CH2 CH(CH3) CH3 (1 mks
)

34
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
16. The figure below is part of a set –up used to prepare and collects dry carbon (ii)oxide from carbon (iv )oxide
.

m
(a) Complete the diagram to show how dry carbon (ii) oxide is collected (1mks)

co
(b) Identify (i) Dry Agents B

s.
(ii) State the use of substance A (1mks)

er
ap
17. (a)Define the term molar enthalpy of displacements of an elements . (1mks )

p
st
pa
(b) During a displacements reaction, excess iron powder was added to 25cm3 of 0.5 M copper (ii) sulphate
se
solutions. The temperature rose from 18.5oC to 33.0oC. Calculate the molar enthalpy of displacements of
kc

copper.(Density of the solution =1.0 g/cm3, specific heat capacity is 4.18J/g/K) (2mks )
ee
.fr

18. Study the flow chart below and answer the question that follows
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(a) Identify F :………………………………………………… ( 1mks)

E :………………………………………………… ( 1mks)
19. The grid below is a section of the periodic table. The letters do not represent the actual symbol of the
elements. Use it to answer the questions that follow;

C F H

D E G I

35
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
J

(i) Write an electron arrangement of the ion E2+. (1mk)

(ii) How does the electronegativity vary from H to J? (1mk)
(iii) Give the formula of the compound between E and J. (1mk)
20. 8g of sodium carbonate were allowed to react with 25cm3 of 0.4M Sulphuric (VI) acid until there was no
further reaction. Calculate the mass of the unreacted sodium carbonate. (3mks)
21. (a). What is fractional crystallization? (1mk)
(b) The solubility of Copper (II) Sulphate is 55g/100g of water at 750c. What mass of crystals would be
deposited, if 150g of a saturated solution is cooled from 750c to 150c?
(2mks)
22. The diagram below was used to electrolyze molten zinc (II) chloride using graphite electrode.

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

(i) Explain the role of heat on the above set-up. (1mk)

w

(ii) Name electrode X and Y:

w
w

X: (1mk)
sit

Y: (1mk)
vi
rs
pe

(iii) Write an equation for the reaction occurring at electrode Y. (1 mk)

pa

23. Zinc reacts with hydrochloric acid according to the following equation
am

Mg(s) +2HCL (aq) Mgcl2 (aq) + H2 (g)

(a) Identify the reducing. Give a reason for the answer. (2mks)
ex

(b) Iron sheets are dipped in molten zinc to prevent rusting. Name the process. (1mk)
e
fre

24. A crystal of iodine was heated in a boiling tube to give off a purple vapour.
e

(a) What type of bond is broken the iodine crystal is heated gently? (1mk)
or
rm

(b) Write the formulae of the substance responsible for the purple vapour. (1mk)
(c) State one use of iodine. (1mk)
fo

25. The table below gives the number of electrons; protons and electrons in elements A, B and C. study it and
answer the questions that follow.
Element Protons Neutrons Electrons

A 10 10 10

B 8 10 10

C 8 8 8

(a) Which letter represents an ion? (1mk)

(b) Which of the elements are isotopes? Give a reason.
(2mks).
26. Carbon (IV) oxide, methane, nitrogen (I) oxide and trichlorofloro methane are green-house gases.
i. Give one source from which each of the following gases is released to the environments
(a) Methane (1mks)

36
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(b) Trichlorofluromethane (1mks)
27. Under certain condition ,hexane can be converted to two products .The formula of one of the products is
C3H8
(i) Write the formula of the other products (1mks)
(ii) Describe a simple chemical test to show the difference between the two products formed in (i) above
(2mks)
28. The table shows how solubility of some substance s in water varies with temperature.

29.

Substance Change of solubility with temperature g/100cm3 of water

0oc 200c 400c 600c
P 0.334 0.16 0.097 0.0058
Q 27.60 34.0 40.0 45.5
R 35.70 36.0 36.6 37.3

Which of the above gas substances is likely to be a gas? Explain (2mks)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc

KIGUMO CLUSTER EXAM

ee
.fr

233/2
w

Chemistry
w
w

Paper 2
it
s
vi

1. I) One mole of Heptane was thermally cracked, two hydrocarbons Q and P were formed. Q was alkene
rs
pe

molecule with three carbon atoms.

pa

(a) Draw the structural formula of the hydrocarbons.

am

Q 1mk
ex

P 1mk
(b) Name the compounds that can be used to prepare Ethene in the laboratory. (1mk)
e
fre

(c) Name the compound formed when Q undergoes self-addition reaction. (1mk)
e

d) i State one disadvantage of using the product named in (c) above. (1mk)
or
rm

ii) An organic compound J has the following percentage by mass, carbon, 64.86%, hydrogen, 13.51% and
fo

the rest oxygen. The relative molecular mass of the compound is 74. [C=12. H=1 O=16]
a) Work out the molecular formula of compound J. (3mks)
b) To which homologous series does compound J belong? (1mk)
c) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction that occurs when compound J reacts with sodium
metal. (1mk)
d) Name the type of reaction indicated in ( c ) above. (1mk)
e) (i) Name the organic compound formed when compound J reacts with excess acidified potassium
manganate (VII). (1mk)
ii) State the observation made in (e) (i) above. (1mk)

37
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

2. (A) The table below gives information about some oxides. Study the information and use it to answer the
questions that follow.

Formula Melting Effect of Effect of electric current on Effect of adding aqueous

of oxide point(oc) adding water molten oxide sodium hydroxide to
to oxide oxide

Na2O 920 Dissolves Conducts; Na (s) and O2 (g) (a)

readily produced

P2O5 563 Dissolves (b) (c)

readily

SO3 17 Dissolves Does not conduct Reacts readily

readily

m
co
Al2O3 2045 Does not (d) Reacts readily

s.
dissolve

er
ap
readily

p
st
pa
se
kc
ee

i. Write the missing information for spaces a to d (2mks)

.fr
w

ii. Write equations for the reactions that take place between
w
w

a) SO3 gas and water (1mk)

it

b) SO3 gas and sodium hydroxide (1mk)

s
vi

iii. Why is it not advisable to carry out reaction ii (a) above in the laboratory? (1mk)
rs

iv. Explain the difference in the melting points of P2O5 and SO3 (1mk)
pe

v. Phosphorous (V) oxide dissolves in water to form phosphoric acid. State and explain how the ability of
pa

concentrated phosphoric acid to conduct electricity compares to that of dilute phosphoric a

am

(2mks)
ex

(B) During the industrial manufacture of hydrochloric acid, hydrogen gas and chlorine gas are the raw
e
fre

materials.
e
or

i. Write an equation for the reaction that occurs between hydrogen and chlorine in the burning chamber
rm

(1mk)
fo

ii. What is the purpose of the glass beads in the absorption chamber after the reaction between chlorine and
hydrogen? (1mk)
iii. Given that the percentage purity of the hydrochloric acid manufactured is 35% and its density is 1.18g/cm3
determine the concentration of the acid. (H=1, Cl=35.5) (2mks)

38
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
3. The diagram below shows a set up used to prepare salt X

m
co
s.
er
pap
st
(a) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs in the glass tube. (1 mark)
pa
(b) Give a reason why salt X is collected far away from where it is formed. (1 mark)
se
kc

(c) Name a suitable drying agent that can be used as solid W. (1 mark)
ee

(d) Give a reason why the experiment should be carried out in a fume chamber. (1 mark)
.fr

(e) 1.2g of salt X was formed in the flask. Calculate the total volume of chlorine gas that reacted at s.t.p
w
w

(Fe = 56, Cl = 35.5, molar gas volume at s.t.p = 22.4dm3) (3 marks

w

4. The table below shows the solubility of Nitrogen (IV) oxide at different temperatures.
its
vi

Temperature 0C 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
rs
pe
pa

Solubility of Nitrogen IV oxide in 150 116 84 60 37 22 14 10

am

g/1000cm3 of water
ex

a) (i) On the grid provided plot a graph of solubility of Nitrogen (IV) oxide in g/1000cm3 of water against
e
fre

temperature. (3mks)
b) From the graph determine: -
e
or

i) Temperature at which 1000cm3 of solution would contain 48g of Nitrogen IV oxide. (1mk)
rm

(ii)Maximum mass of nitrogen IV oxide that would dissolve in 40litres of solution at 250C. (2mks)
fo

c) Potassium hydroxide reacts with Nitrogen (IV) oxide according to the equation below.
2KOH (aq) + 2NO2 (g) → KNO3 (aq) + KNO2 (aq) + H2O (l)
i) Using the information in the graph, determine the volume of 2M potassium hydroxide required to
completely neutralize one litre of saturated solution of Nitrogen( IV) oxide at 180C (N=14 O=16
(2mk)
ii) Name the process that can be used to separate the two salts in (c) above. (1mk)
d) In industrial manufacture of Nitric (V) acid, Nitrogen (IV) oxide is absorbed in water in presence of excess
air.

i. Explain why it is not advisable to use hot water in this process. (1mk)
ii. Write a balanced equation for the industrial manufacture of Nitric (V) acid. (1mk)
e) i) Name a device that is fitted into car exhaust to minimize emission of Nitrogen (IV) oxide into air.
(1mk)
ii) What is the environmental effect of presence of Nitrogen (IV) oxide in air? (1mk)

39
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

5. a) The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study the information and answer the questions that
follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbol of the elements.

m
i) Which element would form a trivalent cation? (1mk)

co
ii) Write the equation for the reaction that would occur between E and Y (1mk)

s.
er
iii)Which elements belong to the region labeled W? (1mk)

ap
iv) Which is the most reactive non-metallic element in the table above? Explain (2mks)

p
st
v) How does the atomic radius of T compare with that of Y (2mks)?
pa
se
kc

c) The table below shows some properties and electronic arrangements of common ions of elements represented
ee

by letters D to K. Study the information and answer the questions that follow>
.fr
w
w
w

Element Formula of ion Ionic electronic arrangement Atomic radius Ionic radius (nm)
it
s

(nm)
vi
rs
pe

D D- 2.8 0.072 0.136

pa
am

E E+ 2.8.8 0.231 0.133

ex

F F3+ 2.8 0.143 0.050

e
fre
e

G G2+ 2.8.8 0.133 0.074

or
rm

H H2+ 2.8 0.160 0.064

fo

I I+ 2.8 0.186 0.095

J J3- 2.8.8 0.110 0.190

K K- 2.8.8 0.099 0.181

i) State the atomic numbers of elements F and G (1mk)

ii) Select two metals that belong to period 3 (1mk)
iii) Element I reacts violently with water. Write the equation for the reaction (1mk)
iv) Why is the ionic radius of G smaller than its atomic radius (1mk)
v) Compare and explain the reactivity of G and H (2mks)

40
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
6. Read the following passage and answer the questions.
A salt K was heated with slaked lime (calcium hydroxide). A colourless gas L with a characteristic smell was
evolved. A large quantity of this gas was passed through an inverted filter funnel into water, and a colourless
solution M was obtained. M was treated with an equivalent volume of dilute Sulphuric(VI) acid and the
resulting solution was evaporated. A white solid N was obtained.
a) Identify gas L (1 mk)
b) What is K most likely to be? (1 mk)
c) Write an equation for the reaction between K and slaked lime (1 mk)
d) Explain why gas L is passed into water through an inverted funnel (2 mks)
e) (i) identify M and N (1 mk)
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction between M and Sulphuric(VI) acid (1 mk)
f) In industry, the gas L is obtained by direct combination of two gases D and E, by passing them over a
catalyst F at 4500C and high pressure
(i) Name the gases D and E (2 mks)
(ii) Name the catalyst F (1 mk)
(iii) Write an equation for the reaction between the gases D and E (1 mk)
(iv) Copper (II) oxides were heated in a pure sample of gas L. State and explain the observation you
would make (2 mks)

7. The set up below was used to prepare dry hydrogen chloride gas and investigate its effects on heated iron

m
fillings.

co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

i) Name substance L (1mk)

ii) Name Liquid M (1mk)
iii) What will be observed in tube B? (1mk)
iv) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs in tube B. (1mk)
v) Why is the gas from tube B burnt? (1mk)
b) i) Explain the following observations.

I. A white precipitate is formed when hydrogen chloride gas is passed through aqueous silver nitrate.
(1mk)
II. Hydrogen chloride gas fumes in ammonia gas. (1mk)
ii) State two uses of hydrogen chloride gas. (2mk)

41
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
CHEMISTRY CONFIDENTIAL.

 15cm3 solution K
 90.0cm3 Solution M
 150 cm3 solution N
 Burette
 Pipette
 Conical flask
 100ml measuring cylinder
 10ml measuring cylinder
 250ml beaker
 1 Label
 About 1g magnesium sulphate
 6 test tubes in a rack
 Boiling tube
 About 1g solid Q
 About 1g sodium carbonate
 Distilled water in a wash bottle
 Access to
 Means of heating

m
 Test tube holder

co
 2M sodium hydroxide in a beaker

s.
er
 2M ammonia solution in a beaker

ap
 Acidified barium nitrate in a beaker

p
st
 Acidified potassium manganate (VII) in a beaker
pa
 Acidified potassium dichromate ( VI) in a beaker se
 Phenolphthalein indicator
kc

 Bromine water
ee
.fr
w

NB
w

Solution K is 1M HCl
w
it

Solution M is 0.05M oxalic acid

s
vi

Solution N is 0.1M sodium hydroxide

rs
pe

KIGUMO
pa

233/3
am

CHEMISTRY
ex

PAPER 3
e
fre

PRACTICAL
e
or
rm

1. You are provided with

fo

• Solution K HCl
• Solution M made by dissolving 1.575g of a dibasic acid, H2C2O4.2H2O in 250cm3 of solution
• Solution N sodium hydroxide solution

You are required to

a) Standardize sodium hydroxide using the dibasic acid

b) Use the standardised sodium hydroxide to determine the molarity of K
Procedure 1
Fill the burette with M. Pipette 25.0 cm3 of N into a conical flask. Carry out titration using phenolphthalein
indicator. Record your results in the table below. Repeat the procedure to obtain consistent results

42
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

TITRATION 1 2 3

Final burette reading (cm3)

Initial burette reading (cm3)

Volume of M used (cm3)

(4mks)
a) Calculate
(i) The average titre volume of M used (1mk)
(ii) The concentration of the dibasic acid in moles per litre. (c=12,H=1,O=16) (1mk)
(iii) The molarity of sodium hydroxide (2mks)
Procedure 2
Using a measuring cylinder measure 90cm3 of distilled water and place it in a 250cm3 beaker. Add 10cm3 of
solution K and shake. Label the mixture S .Fill the burette with S. pipette 25cm3 of solution N into a clean
conical flask. Carry out titration using phenolphthalein indicator. Record your results in the table below.
Ttitration 1 2 3

m
Final burette reading (cm3)

co
s.
Initial burette reading (cm3)

er
app
Volume of solution S used (cm3)

st
pa
se
(4mks)
kc

b) Calculate
ee

(i) The average titre volume of solution S used (1mk)

.fr

(ii) The molarity of S (2mks)

w
w

(iii) The concentration of the original HCl (solution K) in moles per litre. (2mk)
w

2. You are provided with solid K suspected to be Magnesium sulphate.

it
s

a) Using the reagents given below describe 3 consecutive tests that can be done to confirm the identity of K.
vi
rs

• Sodium hydroxide solution

pe

• Ammonia solution
pa

• Acidified barium nitrate solution

am

• Distilled water
ex

Test 1 Expected observation

e

2mk 1mk
fre
e
or
rm
fo

Test 2 Expected observation

1mk 1mk

Test 3 Expected observation

1mk 1mk

b) Using the reagents provided perform the tests you have described above and record your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided
observations inferences
1mk 1mk

observations inferences
1mk 1mk

43
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

observations inferences
1mk 1mk

3. You are provided with solid Q. Carry out the test below and record your observations and inferences in the
spaces provided.
Place all solid T in a boiling tube. Add 10cm3 of distilled water and shake.

Observations inferences
1mk 1mk

Divide the resulting mixture into 4 portions.

a) To the first portion add acidified potassium Manganate (VII ) and warm
Observations inferences
1mk 1mk

b) To the second portion add acidified Potassium dichromate (VI) and warm

m
co
observations inferences

s.
er
1mk 1mk

p ap
st
pa
c) To the third portion of solution add 2 drops of bromine water
se
kc

observations inferences
ee
.fr

1mk 1mk
w
w
w

d) To the fourth portion add half a spatula end full of sodium carbonate
it
s
vi

observations inferences
rs

1mk 1mk
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

44
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
MERU CENTRAL CLUSTER EXAMS
233/1
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
(THEORY)

1. The electronic arrangement of ions x3+ and y2– are 2.8 and 2.8.8.respectively
a) Write the electronic arrangement of the elements x and y. (3 marks)
b) Write the formula of the compound that would be formed between x and y. (1 mark)
2. When bromine gas reacts with aqueous Sodium hydroxide, the equilibrium represented by the equation;
Br2 (aq) + 2OH– (aq) Br– (aq) + OBr– (aq) + H2O is established.

What observations would be made if a few drops of sulphuric (VI) acid were added to the equilibrium
mixture? (2 marks)
3. Calculate the amount of calcium carbonate that would remain if 15.0g of calcium carbonate were reacted with
0.2g moles of hydrochloric acid. The equation for the reaction is,
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(g) (C = 12.0, O = 16, Ca = 40.0) (3 marks)
4. In an experiment, soap solution was added to three separate samples of water. The table below shows the
volumes of soap solution required to form lather with 1000cm3 of each sample of water before and after

m
boiling.

co
Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

s.
er
ap
Volume of soap before water is boiled 27.0 3.0 10.6

p
st
Volume of soap after water is boiled 27.0
pa 3.0 3.0
se
kc
ee
.fr

a) Which water sample is likely to be soft? Explain. (2 marks)

w

b) Explain the change in the volumes of soap solution used in sample (iii). (1 mark)
w
w

5. Ammonia gas was passed into water as shown.

it
s

Ammonia gas
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex

Water
e
fre
e
or
rm

a) When a red litmus paper was dropped into the resulting solution, it turned blue.
Give a reason for this observation. (1 mark)
fo

b) What is the function of the funnel? (1 mark)

6. The table below gives some properties of gases D and E.

Gas Density Effects of H2SO4 Effects of NaOH

D Lighter than air Reacts to form a salt Dissolves without reacting

E Heavier than air Not affected Not affected

a) Describe how you would obtain a sample of E from a mixture of gases D and E. (2 marks)
b) Suggest a possible identity of gas D. Give a reason for your answer. (1 marks)

45
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

7. The curve below represents the variation of temperature with time when pure and impure samples
of a solid were heated separately.
I
II

Temperature

Time
Which curve shows the variation in temperature for the pure solid? Explain. (2 marks)
8. The diagram below represent set-up that can be used to prepare and collect oxygen gas.

m
Hydrogen peroxide

co
s.
er
Oxygen gas

p ap
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr

Water
w

Manganese
w

(IV) oxide
w
it
s
vi
rs

a) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place. (1 mark)

pe

b) What property of oxygen makes it possible for its collection as indicated by the diagram?
pa

(1 mark)
am

c) Explain why it is important not to collect gas for the first few seconds of the experiment.
ex

(1 mark)
e
fre

9. Study the set-up below and answer the questions that follow.
e
or
rm

Bulb
fo

Switch

Carbon electrode

Molten Lead (II) bromide

State and explain the observation that would be made when the circuit is completed. (3 marks)

46
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
10. In an experiment, rods of metals P, Q and R were cleaned with sand paper and placed in a beaker containing
water. Another set of rods was also cleaned and placed in a beaker containing dilute acid. After placing the
rods in the two liquids, bubbles of gas were seen around some of the rods as shown in the diagrams below.
P Q R P Q R

Bubbles

Dilute acid

a) Why is it necessary to clean the rods with sand paper before dipping them into the liquids?
(1 marks)
b) Arrange the three metals in order of their reactivity starting with the most reactive. (1 mark)

11. A solution of chlorine in tetrachbromethane turns colourless when propene gas is bubbled through it.
a) What type of reaction takes place? (1marks)

m
b) Write an equation for the above reaction. (1 mark)

co
12. With reference to atomic number of one, explain why hydrogen can be placed in either group I and VII

s.
of the periodic table. (2 marks)

er
ap
13. a) Define the term base. (1 mark)

p
b) Explain why it is not advisable to use wood ash for cleaning aluminium utensils. (2 marks)

st
pa
14. A compound has an empirical formula C3H6O and a relative formula mass of 116. Determine its molecular
se
formula. (C = 12, O = 16, H = 1) (2 marks)
kc

15. Explain how you would separate mixture of nitrogen and oxygen gases given that their boiling points
ee

are – 196oC and –183oC respectively. (2 marks)

.fr

16. Study the table below and answer the questions that follow.
w
w

Alkaline Formula Heat of combustion (∆Hc)KJmol–1

w
it
s

Methane CH4 –890

vi
rs
pe

Ethane C2H6 –1560

pa
am

Propane C3H6 –2220

ex

Butane
e
fre
e

a) Predict the heat of combustion of Butane and write it on the space provided in the table above.
or
rm

(1 mark)
b) What does the negative sign ∆Hc value indicate about combustion of alkanes? (1 mark)
fo

17. The diagram below represents the extraction of sulphur by Frasch process.
Hot compressed air
Tube I
Tube II

Sulphur beds
a) Name the substance that passes through tube I and II. (2 marks)

47
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
b)

c) What is the purpose of hot compressed air in this process? (1 mark)

18. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

Dilute hydrochloric acid

Flame

Zinc granules

Write an equation for each of the two reactions that take place in the experiment represented by the

m
diagram above. (2 marks)

co
s.
er
19. A mixture containing equal volumes of hydrogen gas and carbon (IV) oxide gas was introduced on one end

ap
of a tube as shown below.

p
C

st
pa
se
kc
ee

Mixture of
.fr

H2 and CO2
w
w
w
it
s
vi

Which gas would be detected at point C first? Explain. (2 marks)

rs
pe

20. The table below gives three experiments on the reaction of excess sulphuric (VI) acid and 0.5 g of zinc done
pa

under different conditions. In each the volume of the gas was recorded at different time interval.
am

Experiment Form of zinc Sulphuric (VI) acid

ex

I Powder 0.8M
e
fre
e

II Powder 1.0M
or
rm

III Granules 0.8M

fo

On the axis below draw and label the three curves that could be obtained from such results. (3 marks)

Volume of acid (cm3)

Time (sec)

48
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
21. The table below shows how solubility of some substances in water varies with temperature
Substance Change of solubility g/100cm3 of water with temperature

0oC 20oC 40oC 60oC

W 0.334 0.16 0.097 0.0058

X 27.60 34.0 40.0 45.5

Y 35.70 36.0 36.6 37.3

Which of above substances is likely to be a gas? Explain. (2 marks)

22. Study the chart below and answer the questions that follow.
Solution K White Step I
NaOH (aq) Colourless solution
precipitate L Excess
NaOH (aq)
Excess Step II

m
NH3 (aq) HCl (aq)

co
s.
er
ap
White precipitate L Colourless solution

p
st
pa
se
kc

a) Identify;
ee

i. the metal ions in solution K (1 mark)

.fr

ii. the white precipitate L. (1mark)

w
w

b) What is the nature of solution K? (1 mark)

w

23. Explain the following observation. A chloride dissolves in water to form an electrolyte while the same
it
s
vi

chloride dissolves in methylbenzene to form a non-electrolyte. (2 marks)

rs

24. State what would be observed when dilute hydrochloric acid is added to the products formed from a
pe

mixture of iron filings and sulphur. (2 marks)

pa

25. Describe how the following reagents can be sued to prepare lead (II)sulphate; solid potassium sulphate,
am

solid lead (II) carbonate, dilute nitric (V) acid and distilled water. (2 marks)
ex

26. Explain why the enthalpy of neutralisation of ethanoic acid with sodium hydroxide is different from that of
e

hydrochloric acid with sodium hydroxide. (2 marks)

fre

27. Give a reason why calcium hydroxide solution is used to detect the presence of carbon (IV) oxide gas while
e
or

sodium hydroxide solution is NOT. (2 marks)

rm

28. A compound C2H2 reacts with hydrogen in presence of nickel catalyst to form another compound C2H4. The
fo

same compound C2H2 reacts with hydrogen to form C2H6 in presence of nickel catalyst.
a) Draw the structural formula and name the compound C2H4. (1 mark)
b) Write the equation for the reaction between C2H4 and hydrogen. (1 mark)
29. During the production of hydrogen Iodide, hydrogen reacts with Iodine according to the equation.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2 HI(g) ∆H +52KJ

Explain how the following would affect the yield of hydrogen Iodide. (2 marks)
a) Increase in temperature
b) Increase in pressure
30. a) Using dots (•) and crosses (x) to represent electrons, draw diagrams to represent the bonding in;
(2 marks)
i) NH3
ii) NH4+
b)
State why an ammonia molecule (NH3) can be combined with H+ to form NH4+
(atomic numbers N = 7 and H =1) (1 mark)

49
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
31. The table below gives the atomic numbers of elements W, X, Y and Z.
The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.

Element W X Y Z

Atomic number 9 10 11 12

a) Which one of the elements is least reactive? (1 mark)

b) i) Which two elements would react most vigorously with each other? (1 mark)
ii) Give the formula of the compound formed when elements in b) (i) reacts. (1 mark)
32. When magnesium metal is burnt in air it reacts with both oxygen and nitrogen gases giving a white ash.
a) Write two equations for the reaction that take place. (2 marks)
b) When the white ash in (a) above is mixed with water, a gas with a pungent smell is produced. Write
an equation for this reaction. (1 mark)
33. In an experiment to separate a mixture of two organic liquids, liquid M (boiling point of 56oC) and liquid N
(boiling point of 118oC). A student set up the apparatus as shown below

Thermometer

m
Water in

co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
Cork
kc
ee
.fr

Water
w

out
w
w
sit
vi

Distillate
rs
pe
pa

Mixture of M & N
am

a) Identify two mistakes in the set-up. (2 marks)

ex

b) What method would the student use to test the purity of the distillates obtained? (1 mark)
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

50
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
MERU CENTRAL CLUSTER EXAMS
233/2
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
1. The grid bellow represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
The letters are not the actual symbols of the elements.
A

F J H

B E L K

C G

i. Select the most reactive non-metal. Explain. (2 marks)

ii. Identify an element that can form an amphoteric hydroxide. (1 mark)

m
iii. Which group one element has the lowest first ionization energy? Explain. (2 marks)

co
iv. Name the other group to which element A can be placed and give a reason. (2 marks)

s.
v. Compare the atomic size of elements C and G. Explain. (2 marks)

er
ap
vi. Write the electronic configuration of the ion formed by element L and indicate its symbol.

p
(1 mark)

st
pa
vii. i)Using dots (•) and crosses (x) to represent electrons, show the bonding in the compound formed between
se
elements B and J. (1 mark)
kc

ii) Identify an element that is not likely to form any type of bond. Explain. (1 mark)
ee

2. a) Study the reaction scheme below and answer the questions that follow.
.fr
w
w

S CH2 Br CH2 Br
w
s it

Step 1
vi
rs

HBr (g)
pe
pa

Polymer Z H2 (g)
am

CH2 CH2 Substance T

Step 2 Nickel catalyst
ex
e
fre

170oC
KMnO4 / H+
e

H2SO4(l)
or
rm
fo

Substance W U

i) Name the substances; S, T, U and W. (2 marks)

ii) Name the reagent for step 1. (1 mark)
iii) Draw the polymer Z comprising of three monomers. (1 mark)
iv) Name the type of polymerisation on step 2. (1 mark)

b) Draw the structures of the following compounds.

i. 2-bromo-3, 3-dimethylpent-1-ene. (1 mark)
ii. 1, 2-dicloroethyne. (1 mark)

51
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

C) Name the following organic compounds.

i. H
(1 mark) |
H–C–H
H H | H H
| | | | |
H–C–C–C–C–C–H
| | | | |
H H H | H
H–C–H
|
H–C–H
|
H

m
ii. CH3CHCl(CH2)2C(CH3)2CH2CH3 (1 mark)

co
d) Draw and name two positional Isomers of pentyne. (2 marks)

s.
er
ap
p
3. The flow chart below shows how sulphuric (VI) acid is produced on a large scale.

st
pa
Gas E
Gas E
se
kc
ee
.fr

Catalytic
Burner Purifier
w

Solid D Gas F chamber

w
w
it

SO3 (g)
s

Liquid H
vi
rs
pe
pa

Sulphuric Dilution Oleum

am

chamber
ex

(VI) acid
e
fre

Substance G
e
or
rm
fo

a) Identify the following;

i) Gas E (½ mark)
ii) Gas F (½ mark)
iii) Solid D (½ mark)
iv) Substance G (½ mark)
v) Liquid H (½ mark)
b) Name the most preferred catalyst used in the catalytic chamber and give a reason. (1½ marks)
c) Write an equation for the reaction that forms oleum. (1 mark)
d) Explain the importance of the purifier. (2 marks)
e) State two ways how pollution is controlled during the process of manufacturing sulphuric (VI) acid.
(2 marks)
f) State one industrial application of sulphuric (VI) acid. (1 mark)
g) What is the name given to the industrial process of manufacturing sulphuric (VI) acid?
(1 mark)

52
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

4. The diagram below shows the preparation of Iron (III) chloride salt in the laboratory.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Guard tube
Iron fillings
Calcium oxide

Dry
chlorine gas

Heat
Combustion
tube Iron (III) chloride

a) Name the method of preparing Iron (III) chloride salt shown above. (1 mark)
b) Explain why;

m
i) It is necessary to pass chlorine gas through the apparatus before heating begins. (1

co
mark)

s.
er
ii) Calcium oxide is more preferred in the guard tube than calcium chloride. (2 marks)

ap
c) i) What property of Iron (III) chloride makes it possible to be collected as shown in the diagram.

p
st
(½ mark)
ii)
pa
Name another substance which has the same property as Iron (III) chloride. (½ mark)
se
d) Write an equation of the reaction which takes place in the guard tube. (1
kc
ee

mark)
.fr

e) Explain why all dry apparatus and conditions are preferred in the experiment above. (1 mark)
w

f) The total mass of Iron (III) chloride formed was found to be 0.5g. Calculate the volume of
w
w

chlorine gas that reacted with Iron. (Fe = 56, Cl =35.5, Molar gas volume = 24000cm3)
it
s

(3 marks)
vi
rs

g) When hydrogen sulphide gas was passed through a solution of Iron (III) chloride, the following
pe

observation were made; red-brown solution changed to green and a yellow solid deposited.
pa

Explain this observation. (2 marks)

am

5. a) State the Hess’s law. (1

ex

mark)
e
fre

b) Study the equations below and answer the questions that follow.
I. C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g) ∆H1 = − 393 kJmol–1
e
or

II. H2(g) + ½O2(g) H2O(l) ∆H2 = − 286 kJmol–1

rm

III. C3H8 (g) + 5O2(g) 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) ∆H3 = − 2209 kJmol–1

fo

i) Name two heat changes represented by ∆H1 (2 marks)

ii) Calculate the heat of formation of propane from the equations above, using the energy cycle
diagram. (3 marks)
iii) Draw the energy level diagram for equation III. (2 marks)

6. a) Candle wax is a compound comprising of two elements. Name them. (2

marks)
b) The set-up below was used to investigate the burning of a candle.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.

53
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

To sunction
Tube M

pump
Cotton
wool
Funnel

Candle

Calcium oxide Tube L

Tube N Solid calcium
chloride

i. What would happen to the burning candle if the sunction pump was turned off. Explain.
(2 marks)
ii. Explain the purpose of calcium oxide in tube N? (2 marks)
iii. What is the role solid calcium chloride in tube L.? (1 mark)
iv. Name another substance that could be used in place of calcium oxide in tube N. (1

m
mark)

co
v. State two gases that came out through tube M. (2

s.
er
marks)

ap
7. A colourless gas was passed over heated led (II) oxide and the products of the reactions were

p
st
collected as shown in the diagram below.
pa
se
kc
ee

Lead (II) oxide

.fr
w
w
w
sit
vi

Nitrogen gas
rs

Gas X
pe
pa
am

Heat
ex

Ice-cold
e

Water Water
fre

water
e
or
rm

a) Name gas X. (1mark)

fo

b) State the observation made in the combustion tube. (1 mark)

c) What is the purpose of the ice-cold water? (1 mark)
d) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
e) Why is it possible to collect nitrogen gas as shown in the set up? (1 mark)
f) Name the method of obtaining nitrogen gas from air. (1 mark)
8. In an experiment to determine the rate of reaction excess lumps of calcium carbonate were added to
2M hydrochloric acid. The mass of calcium carbonate left was recorded after every 30 seconds.
The results are shown in the table below.
Time (seconds) 0 39 60 90 120 150 180 210

Mass of calcium
carbonate left 2.00 1.60 1.30 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.80
(g)

54
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
a) Write the equation for the reaction that took place. (1 mark)
b) On the graph paper provided, plot a graph of mass of calcium carbonate (vertical axis) against
time. (3
marks
c) From the graph;
i. Determine the rate of reaction at the 105th second. (2 marks)
ii. Why does the curve level off after some time? (1
mark)
d) On the same graph sketch a curve for the same reaction using 4M hydrochloric acid and level it.
(1 mark)
e) Explain why the experiment above would not be performed with dilute sulphuric (VI) acid.
(2 marks)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

55
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
MERU CENTRAL CLUSTER EXAMS
233/3
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)

1. You are provided with

- 3.15g of solid A
- 0.1M Sodium carbonate (solution B)

You are required to determine

a) The solubility of A at different temperatures
b) The number of moles of water of crystallisation in solid A.

PROCEDURE 1
a) Using a burette add 4cm3 of distilled water to solid A in a boiling tube. Heat the mixture while
stirring with the thermometer until all the solid dissolves.
Allow the solution to cool in air while stirring with the thermometer
Note the temperature at which crystals of A appear and record in the table 1 below
b) Using a burette, add 2cm3 of distilled water to the content of the boiling tube, warm the mixture

m
co
while stirring with the thermometer until all the solid dissolves. Allow the solution to cool while

s.
stirring and record the temperatures at which crystals appear.

er
ap
c) Complete the table 1 by calculating the solubility of solid A at different temperatures

p
NB: Keep the content of the boiling tube for procedure 2.

st
pa
se
Table 1
kc

Volume of water in the boiling Temperature at which crystals Solubility of A g/100g of

ee

tube appear water

.fr
w
w

4
w
s it
vi

6
rs
pe

8
pa
am

10
ex
e

12
fre
e

(6 marks)
or
rm

I) Plot a graph of solubility of A (vertical) axis against temperature. (3 marks)

fo

II) Using your graph determine the temperature at which 60g of solid A would dissolve in 100g of
water.
(1 mark)

PROCEDURE 2
a) Transfer the content of the boiling tube into a 250ml volumetric flask.
b) Add distilled water upto the mark and label this solution A.
c) Fill the burette with solution A.
d) Using a clean pipette transfer 25ml of solution B into a conical flasks, add 2 – 3 drops of methyl
orange indicator.
e) Titrate A against B until the colour changes to pink.
f) Record your results in the table 2 below.
g) Repeat C to F two more times.

Table 2
I II II

56
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Final burette reading (cm3)

Initial burette reading (cm3)

Volume of solution A used (cm3)

(4 marks)
a) Determine the average volume of solution A used. (1 mark)
b) How many moles of sodium carbonate were used? (1 mark)
c) If 1 mole of A reacts with 1 mole of Na2CO3, how many moles of A were used? (1 mark)
d) Determine the molarity of solution A. (1 mark)
e) Determine the molar mass of solid A. (1 mark)
f) If the formula of A is (COOH)2.XH2O. Determine the value of X. (C = 12, O = 16, H = 1)
(2
marks)

2. You are provided with solid C. Use it to carry the tests outlined below.
Dissolve the whole of C into 10cm3 of distilled water and divide the resulting solution in to 5 portions.
a) To the first portion add dilute hydrochloric acid.

m
Observations Inferences

co
s.
(1 mark) (2 marks)

er
ap
p
st
pa
b) To the second portion add sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.
se
Observations Inferences
kc

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)
ee
.fr
w
w
w
its
vi

c) To the third portion add sodium sulphate solution.

rs
pe

Observations Inferences
pa

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)
am
ex

d) To the fourth portion add Lead (II) nitrate solution.

e

Observations Inferences
fre

(1 mark) ( 1 mark)
e
or
rm
fo

e) To the last portion add Barium Nitrate solution.

Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

3. You are provided with solid D. Use it to carry the tests outlined below.
a) Ignite 1/3 of solid D in a metallic spatula using a non-luminous flame.
Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

b) To the remaining solid D in the test tube, add 6cm3 of distilled water and divide the resulting
mixture into 3 portions.
i) To the first portion add solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

57
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

ii) To the second portion add acidified KMnO4 (potassium magnate (VII).
Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

iii) To the last portion add bromine water.

Observations Inferences
(1 mark) ( 1 mark)

m
co
s.
er
ii) - Showing on the graph ------ award ½ mk

ap
- Showing and reading should be form a current graph otherwise award a zero

p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
s it
vi
rs
pe
Solubility of A g/100g of H2O

pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

Temperature (oC)

Procedure 2
Table 2
58
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
- Award a total of 5mks distributed as follows
a) Complete table 1mk
- Complete 3 titrations done 1 mark
- Incomplete table with 2 titrations done ½ mk
- Incomplete table with 1 titration done 0 mk
Penalties
- Penalize ½ mk for each if the following errors to a maximum of ½ mks (subtract ½ mk once)
- Wrong arithmetic
- Inverted table
- Burette reading above 50cm3 without explanation
- Unrealistic titre values (above 100cm3 and below 1cm3)
b) Decimals ---------1mk
- Accept either 1 or 2 d.p consistency used
- If d.p are used the 2nd d.p must be a zero or 5 (o 0r 5) otherwise penalize fully
- Accept inconsistently of zeros as initial burette reading
c) Accuracy ---------1mk
- Compare the candidate titre value with the S.V
- Tick the chosen value where it earn a mark
- If at least one value is within ± 0.1cm3 of S.V ----- 1mk

m
- If at least one value is within ± 0.2cm3 of S.V ----- ½ mk

co
- If at least no value is within ± 0.cm3 of S.V ----- 0mk

s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
its
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

59
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
d) Principle averaging -----1mk
Conditions
- If the consistence values are averaged ---1mk
- If the 3 titrations are done but 2 are consistence and averaged ---1mk
- If the 2 titrations are done but 1 are consistence and averaged ---1mk
- If the 3 possible titrations are done but 2 are consistence and averaged --- 0mk
- If the 3 titrations are done and are inconsistence and averaged ---0mk
Penalties
- Penalize ½ mk for wrong arithmetic
- Penalize ½ mk if no working shown
- If working is shown and answer given is wrong penalize fully
- Accept rounding off to 2 d.p
e) Final accuracy
- Compare the candidate’s correct average titre with the S.V
- If within ± 0.1 award 1mk
- If within ± 0.2 award ½ mk
NB: If wrong values are averaged, pick the correct values if (any) and do the calculation for the
candidate and award accordingly
TABLE 2

m
I II II

co
s.
Final burette reading 25.0 25.0 25.0

er
app
Initial burette reading 0.0 0.0 0.0

st
Volume of solution A used 25.0 pa
25.0 25.0
se
kc
ee
.fr
w

25.0+25.0+25.0
w

a) ½ = 25.0  ½
w

3
it
s
vi

b) 1000cm3 → 0.1
rs

25cm3 → ?
pe
pa

25×0.1
1000
½ = 0.0025  ½
am
ex

c) 0.0025 × 1  1/2
e

= 0.0025  ½ Accept Ans only for full mks

fre
e
or

d) 0.0025 → 25
rm

? ← 1000
fo

1000×0.0025
25
½
= 0.1M  ½

e) 3.15 x 4 = 0.1
?=1
12.6×1
½
0.1
= 126  ½

f) (COOH)2.XH2O = 126
(12 + 16 + 16 + 1)2 + 18 = 126 1/2
90 + 18x = 126 ½
18x = 36  1/2
X =2  ½

60
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
2. a)
Observation Inferences
No effervescence  1/2 SO32−  1/2and CO32−  1/2Absent
No white precipitate  1/2 Pb2+  1/2and Ag+  1/2absent
NB: penalise ½ mk to a maximum of 2 mks for any contradicting ion
Accept the names of the ions e.g. Lead ions

b)
Observation Inferences
White precipitate  1/2 Insoluble in excess 1/2 Al3+  1/2and Zn2+ 1/2 Absent
Accept
Mg2+ and Ba2+ or Ca2+ present
For full maximum for any two
NB: penalise ½ mk for any contradicting ion to a
maximum of 1 mk
Accept the names of the ions
c)
Observation Inferences

m
No white precipitate  1 Mg2+ present  1

co
s.
Accept

er
Ba2+ or Ca2+ Absent

ap
For ½ mk each

p
st
NB: penalize ½ mk for any contradicting ion to a
pa
maximum of 1 mk
se
Accept the names of the ions
kc

d)
ee
.fr

Observation Inferences
w
w
w

White precipitate is formed 1 Cl- or SO42− present 1

sit

Accept chloride or sulphate in names

vi
rs

NB: penalise ½ mk to a maximum of 1 mk for

pe
pa

any contradicting ion

am

e)
ex

Observation Inferences
e

White precipitate formed 1 SO42− present 1

fre
e

Accept Cl− absent for ½ mk

or
rm

Accept name of ions

fo

NB: penalise ½ mk for any contradicting ion to a

maximum of 1 mk
3. a)
observation Inferences

Solid D bums with a yellow flame

C=C −C≡C− present

Accept sooty or smoky for full marks

Accept unsaturated compound present

Penalize 1mk for any contradicting functional
group
Reject Alkenes or Alkynes

61
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(1 mark)

b) i)
Observations Inferences
No effervescence R – COOH Absent
Accept No bubbling Accept
H+ H3O+ Absent for 1mk each
ii)
Observations Inferences

Acidified KMnO4 get decolourised

Accept KMnO4 turns form purple to colourless C=C or −C≡C− present

Or

m
co
R – OH

s.
er
ap
iii)

p
Observations Inferences

st
pa
se
Bromine water get decolourised
kc

Accept
ee

C=C or −C≡C− present

.fr

Orange bromine water turns colourless

w
w

Accept red colour of bromine

w

Reject any other colour

s it

Accept
vi
rs

R – OH absent for ½ mk
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

62
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
LANGATA/DAGORETTI C LUSTER
233/1
CHEMISTRY
(THEORY)
PAPER 1
1. A Student in form four placed a thermometer in molten naphthalene at 850C and recorded the temperature
and time until the naphthalene solidified. From the values obtained, the figure below was drawn.

m
(a) What name is given to such a figure?.......................................................................

co
(1mk)

s.
er
(b) Which part of the figure represents the change of state of naphthalene?.............

ap
(1mk)

p
st
(c) In terms of kinetic theory. Explain what happens to molecules along AB. (1mk)
3
pa 3
se
2. In a certain reaction, 18.7cm of a dibasic acid H 2 X required 25cm of 0.1M NaOH for complete
kc

neutralization.
ee

(a) How many moles of Sodium hydroxide are contained in 25cm3?

.fr
w

(1mk)
w

(b) Calculate the molarity of the dibasic acid. (2mks)

w
it
s
vi

3. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm

(a) Identify solid G (1mk)

fo

(b) Write a balanced chemical equation between the yellow solid and dilute nitric acid. (1mk)
(c) Write the formula of the complex ion in solution F (1mk)
4. Explain this observation:
When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water, the solution conducts electricity while a solution of
hydrogen chloride gas in methyl benzene does not conduct electricity.
(2mks)
5. Matter exists in three states which can be related as shown in the diagram below.

63
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(a) Name processes: P: (1mark)

R: (1mark)

(b) Explain whether process Q is exothermic or endothermic (1mark)

6. (a) What is meant by allotropy? (1mark)
(b) Name two allotropes of carbon. (1mark)
(c) Give one use of charcoal in the sugar refinery industry. (1mk)
7. (a) State Graham’s Law of Diffusion
(1mk)
(b)A given volume of ozone (O3) diffused from a certain apparatus in 96 seconds. Calculate the
time taken by an equal volume of carbon(IV) oxide to diffuse under the same conditions.
(C=12,O=16)
(2mks)
8. (a) Name two ores from which copper is extracted.
(1mk)
(b)During the extraction of copper metal the ore is subjected to froth floatation. Give a reason why this

m
process is necessary.

co
(1mk)

s.
er
(c) One of the alloys of copper is brass. State its two uses. (1mk)

ap
9. Draw a dot ( ) and cross (X) diagram to show bonding in sulphur (IV) oxide

p
st
(1mk)
pa
10. A form one class carried out an experiment to determine the active part of air. The diagram below
se
shows the set-up of the experiment and also the observation made.
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(a) Identify substance M ………………………………………

(1mk)
(b)State two reasons for the suitability of substance M for this experiment
(1mk)
(c) Write the equation for the reaction of substance M and the active part of air
(1mk)

11. (a) Complete the following equation (1mk)

(b) Name the homologous series to which the following compounds belong?
(i) CH3CCH ……………………………………… (1mk)
(ii) CH3CH2OOCCH3 ………………………………………………… (1mk)

64
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
12. The table below shows the pH values of solutions J to N
Solution J K L M N
pH 5 13 2 10 7
(a) Which solution contains the largest concentration of hydroxides ions? (1mk)
(b)Which solution is likely to be a solution of acetic acid?
(1mk)

m
co
s.
er
p ap
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

65
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
13. The scheme below was used to prepare a cleansing agent. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Fat Solution of cleansing agent +

alcohol
Step II
Solid cleansing agent

(i) What name is given to the type of cleansing agent prepared by the method shown in the scheme?

(1mk)
(ii) Name one chemical substance added in step II (1mk)
(iii) What is the purpose of adding the chemical substance named in (ii) above. (1mk)
14. a) Define half – life of radio isotopes. (1mk)
b) Z grammes of a radioactive isotope take 100 days to decay to 20gms. If the half – life of the element is
25 days. Calculate the initial mass of Z of the radio- isotope. (2mks

m
co
s.
er
15. Magnesium was burnt in air forming a white residue T. When put in a boiling tube with water

ap
effervescence was noticed and colourless gas D with a characteristic pungent smell was evolved. The

p
st
gas turned a wet red litmus paper blue.
pa
se
(a) Identify
kc

(i) Residue T ……………………………………………………………. (1mk)

ee

(ii) Gas D…………………………………………………………… . (1mk)

.fr
w
w

(b) Write an equation for liberation of gas D. ( 1mk)

w

16. Explain why the bleaching action of chlorine is permanent while bleaching by sulphur (IV) oxide is
s it

temporary.
vi
rs

(2marks)
pe
pa
am

17. Explain how you would separate a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen gases given that their boiling points
ex

are -196oC and -183oC respectively. (3mks)

e

18 Hydrazine gas, shown below, burns in oxygen to form nitrogen gas and steam.
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(a) Write an equation for the reaction (1mk)

(b)Using the bond energies given below, calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction in (a) above

(2mks)
Bond Bond energy KJ per mole

N≡N 944

N=N 163

N−H 388

66
 H−O
O =O
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
463
496

or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

67
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

19 Using reagents provided only, explain how you could prepare solid Zinc carbonate.
(2mks)
 Zinc powder
 Nitric (V) acid (dilute)
 Water
 Solid sodium carbonate
20 The apparatus below was set up to show the catalytic oxidation of ammonia.

m
co
s.
er
(a) Identify the brown fumes observed at the mouth of the conical flask.

ap
(1mk)

p
st
(b) Write down the equations of the reactions representing
pa
se
(i) Catalytic oxidation of ammonia (1mk)
kc

(ii) The formation of the brown fumes.

ee

(1mk)
.fr
w
w

21 Consider the chromatogram below.

w
s it
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm

A B C D E F
Black Yellow Red Blue Green
fo

A piece of chromatogram paper was spotted with colour inks obtained from pens labeled A to F. The diagram above
shows the spots after the chromatograph was developed.

(a) Which two pens contained the same pigment? (1mk)

(b) According to the chromatogram which pigments are present in the inks of the pen number F
(1mk)
(c) Describe how one could get a sample of yellow pigment
(1mk)
22. Consider the following reaction at equilibrium.
PCl 5( g ) ⇌ PCl3( g ) + Cl2 ( g )
Complete the table below to show the effect of different factors on the position of equilibrium (3mks)
Factor Effect on the equilibrium position

(i) Decrease pressure

68
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(ii) Removing chlorine

(iii) Adding Helium gas to mixture

23. A student investigated the effect of an electric current by passing it through some substances. The
student used inert electrodes and connected a bulb to the circuit. The table below shows the substances
used and their states.
Experiment Substance State
1 Potassium carbonate Solid
2 Copper (II) sulphate Solution
3 Sugar Solution
4 Lead (II) iodide Molten

m
co
(a) In which experiments did the bulb not light? (1mk)

s.
(b)Explain your answer in (a) above. (2mks)

er
ap
24. Give a reason why the formula mass of NO2 is sometimes 92 instead of 46. (1mk)

p
st
pa
25. A compound contains only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen .Combustion of 1.068g of the compound
se
produces 1.601g of carbon (IV) oxide and 0.437g of water. The molar mass of the compound is
kc

176.1g⁄mol. What is the empirical and molecular formulae of the compound?

ee

(2mks)
.fr
w

26. (a) A sample of water in a beaker was found to boil at 102℃ at 1 atmospheric pressure. Assume that
w
w

the thermometer was not faulty explain this observation (1mk)

it
s
vi

(b)Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow.
rs
pe

Solubility (g/100g water)

pa

Salt At 40℃ At 60℃

am
ex

CuSO4 28 38
e
fre

Pb(No3)2 79 98
e
or

A mixture containing 35g of CuSO4 and 78g of Pb(NO3)2 in 100g of water at 60℃ was cooled to
rm

40℃
fo

(i) Which salt crystallized out? Give a reason. (1mk)

(ii) Calculate the mass of the salt that crystallized out. (1mk)
27. A student was asked to determine the percentage of zinc metal in a mixture of zinc metal and zinc
oxide. He reacted the mixture with excess hydrochloric acid and accurately collected the gas evolved,
which was then used to calculate the amount of zinc in the mixture.
(a) Name the gas that was evolved………………………………………………… (1 mark)
(b) Apart from the reaction liberating the gas write a balanced equation for the other reaction that took
place . (1 mark)
(c) Why would dilute nitric acid not suitable for this reaction? (1
mark)
28. Below is part of the flow diagram of the contact process.

69
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

Liquid M
CHAMBER

SO3

CHAMBER
Liquid N Concentrated Sulphuric (VI)

acid

m
co
s.
er
app
st
pa
Identify (i) Liquid M…………………………………………………
(a) se (1mk)
(ii) Liquid N………………………………………………… (1mk)
kc

(b) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in chamber B. (1mk)
ee

29. Chlorine gas dissolved in distilled water to form chlorine water

.fr
w

(a) Name the compounds present in the chlorine water. (1mk)

w

(b) What would be observed if blue litmus paper is dipped in chlorine water? Explain. ( 2mks)
w
it

30. A fixed mass of gas occupies 105cm at -14℃ and 650mmHg pressure. At what temperature will it have a volume
3
s
vi

of 15cm3 if the pressure is adjusted to 690 mmHg pressure (2mks)

rs
pe
pa
am

LANGATA/DAGORETTI CLUSTER
ex

233/2
e

CHEMISTRY
fre

Paper 2
e
or

THEORY
rm

1. The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow. The letters do
fo

not represent the actual symbols of the element.

N S
K Q O P F M
R

a) What name is given to the group of elements to which Q and R belong? (1 mark)
b) Write the formula of the compound formed when Q and P combine. (1 mark)
c) Name the type of bond formed in (b) above. (1 mark)
d) How does the atomic radii of O and P compare? Give a reason. (2 marks)
e) Draw a dot (.) and cross (x) diagram for the compound formed between N and F. (1 mark)
f) Explain how you would obtain a pure sample of the carbonate of K from its mixture with Lead carbonate
powder. (2 marks)
g) Give one use of element M. (1 mark)

70
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
h) The melting point of M is -189oC lower than that of F -102oC. Explain this difference in their melting points.
(2 marks)

2. The list below shows the formulae of some organic compounds. Use letters T1 to T6 to answer the questions that
follow.
T1 – CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3

T2 – CH3CH2CH2COOC2H5

T3 – CH3CH2CH2CH2OH

T4 – CH3CH2CH2COOH

T5 – CH3CH2CHCH2

T6 – CH3CCCH3

(a) Select two compounds which:

(i) Are not hydrocarbons (1mk)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
(ii) Would decolourise both bromine water and acidified potassium manganite (VII) (1mk)

st
pa
(iii) Would produce hydrogen gas when reacted with potassium metal
se (1mk)
(b) Select a compound which would produce bubbles of a gas when reacted with sodium carbonate.(1mk)
kc

(c) (i)Identify the compound that is likely to undergo polymerization. Give a reason for your answer. Using two
ee

molecules show how polymerization occurs.

.fr
w

I. Compound (1mk)
w

II. Reasons (1mk)

w
it

III. Polymerization (1mk)

s
vi
rs
pe
pa

(iv) Name the process by which compound T2 is formed and identify the compounds that were used to form it.
am

I. Process (1mk)
ex

II. Compounds (1mk)

e
fre

(d) Compound T3 can be converted to T4 as shown by the equation below:

e
or
rm

C4H9OH(l) + O2(g) C3H7COOH(aq) + H2O(l)

fo

Given the following information:

ΔHc for C4H9OH = - 4910 kJ/mol

ΔHc for C3H7COOH = - 4090 kJ/mol

Determine the heat change for the reaction above. (2mks)

3. a) What is meant by the term molar enthalpy of combustion? (1mks)

b) The enthalpies of combustion of carbon, hydrogen and ethanol are given below.

C(s)+ O2(g) CO2(g) ∆ H = -393kJmol-1

H2(g) + ½ O2(g) H2O(l) ∆H = - 286 kJmol-1

Enthalpy of combustion of ethanol ∆H = -1369kJ/ mol

71
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

i) Draw an energy cycle diagram that links the enthalpy of formation of ethanol to enthalpies of combustion of
Carbon, hydrogen and ethanol. (3 marks)
ii) Determine the enthalpy of formation of ethanol (1 marks)
c. An experiment was carried out where different volumes of dilute nitric acid (v) acid and aqueous potassium
hydroxide both at 25oC were mixed and stirred with a thermometer.

The highest temperature reached by each mixture was recorded in the table below.

Volume of nitric (V) acid

(cm3) 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Volume of potassium
hydroxide cm3 36 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4
Highest temperature of
mixture 19.8 22.2 24.6 27.0 27.0 25.0 23.0 21.0 19.0

Plot a graph of highest temperature (vertical axis) against volume of nitric acid. (horizontal axis) 3mks

Using your graph, determine the;

m
i.highest temperature reached ( ½ marks)

co
ii.The volume of the acid that reacted when the highest temperature is reached. ( ½ marks)

s.
er
iii.The amount of heat liberated during the neutralization process

ap
(Specific heat capacity is 4.2jg-1K-1 and the density of solution is 1.0gcm-3 (2 marks)

p
st
pa
se
d) The molar enthalpies of neutralization for dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric (v) acid are -55
kc

KJmol-1.while that of ethanoic acid is -52.2kJ/mol. Explain this observation. (2 mks)

ee
.fr

4. Experiment was set as shown below.

w
w
w
s it
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

(a) What is observed on the bulb when the switch is closed? (1mk)
(b) Which electrode will be cathode? (1mk)
(c) Write down the half-cell equations for:
i. Copper electrode. (1mk)
ii. Zinc electrode. (1mk)
(d) Write the overall ionic equation for the electrochemical cell. (1mk)

(e) The table below shows the electrode potentials.

Cu2+ (aq) + 2e- Cu(s) E θ = + 0.34V

72
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Zn2+ (aq) + 2e- Zn(s) E θ = – 0.76V

What is the value of the voltage of the cell? (2mks)

(f) The switch is kept closed. State and explain the observation expected after sometime on the
(i) The zinc rod. (2mks)
(ii) Copper (II)Sulphate solution.
(2mks)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

73
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
5. The chart below represents the extraction of iron and some of its uses.

Raw materials exhaust gases

Wrought
Blast Pig Iron Steel
Hot air Iron
furnace
Molten iron

HCL (aq) Iron fillings

slag

Step I steam Step II Step III

Cl(g)
Black Solid C + gas Y Solid
B
Solution A

m
co
s.
er
Step IV (NH3 (aq)

ap
p
st
pa
Solid x se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w

(a) Name the raw materials fed into the blast furnace. (2mks)
it

(b) Name 3 exhaust gases emitted from the blast furnace. (1½mks)
s
vi

(c) (i)Why is it necessary to convert pig iron into wrought iron (1mk)
rs
pe

(ii)State one commercial use of iron. (1mk)

pa

(d) Name substances

am

A, B,C,X & Y (2½mks)

(e) Write equations for reactions in steps
ex

i) II
e
fre

ii) III (2mks)

e

iii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction in step I. (1mk)

or

iv) What observations are made in steps?

rm

(2mks)
I
fo

74
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

6. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Brine Ammoniacal
Tower P Filter
Brine
Solution
Gas Q F
Heating
Gas M Chamber C
Limestone
Add water Solid X
Heat
Chamber K
Na2CO3

m
co
s.
L

er
p ap
st
pa
a) Name Gas M se (1 mark)
b) Name solution F and solid X (1 mark)
kc

c) Name the product L formed and give one of its uses

ee

d) Write equation of the reaction in the;

.fr
w

(2 mark)
w

i. tower P -
w
it

ii. chamber K -
s
vi

e) Name two raw materials required in the manufacture of Sodium carbonate (2 marks)
rs

f) Write an equation of the reaction when solid x is heated. (1 mark)

pe

7. The table below shows the volume of nitrogen (IV) Oxide produced when different volumes of 1M Nitric (V)acid
pa

– were each reacted with 4.14g of lead at room temperature.

am
ex

Volume of 1 M Nitric (V) acid (cm3) Volume of Nitrogen (IV) oxide gas (cm3)
e
fre

10 120
e
or

30 360
rm

50 600
fo

70 840
90 960
110 960

(a) Explain how the rate of the reaction between lead and nitric (V) acid would be affected if the temperature of the
reaction mixture was lowered. (1mks)
(b) On the grid provided below plot a graph of the volume of the gas produced (vertical axis) against volume of
acid. (3mks)
(c) Using the graph, determine the volume of
(i) Nitrogen (IV) oxide produced when 60cm3 of 1M Nitric (V) acid were reacted with 4.14g of lead.
(1mk)
(ii) 1M Nitric (V) acid which would react completely with 4.14g of lead. (1mk)
(d) Using the answer in d(ii)above, determine
(i) The volume of 1M Nitric (V) acid that would react completely with one mole of lead. (Pb = 207).
(2mks)
75
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
(e) Calculate the number of moles of
(i) 1M Nitric (IV) acid reacted with one mole of lead. (1mk)
(ii) Nitrogen (IV) oxide produced when one mole of lead were reacted with excess nitric acid. (Molar gas
volume is 24000cm3).
(f) Using the answers obtained in e(i) and e(ii) above; write the equation for the reaction between lead and nitric
(V) acid given that one mole of lead (II) nitrate and two moles of water were produced (1mk)
(g) Give a reason why nitric (V) acid is stored in dark bottles. (1mk)

LANGATA/DAGORETTI CLUSTER
233/3 CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
END OF TERM II 2020

(CONFIDENTIAL)

In addition to the apparatus found in the laboratory each candidate will require the following

 About 0.5g of solid F

m
 About 1g of solid G

co
 6 clean test-tubes

s.
Universal indicator solution and a pH chart

er


ap
 Ethanol supplied with a dropper

p
 Clean dry metallic spatula

st
pa
 1 boiling tube se
 Distilled water
kc

 Solution J, about 130cm3

ee

 Solution Q, about 160cm3

.fr

Solution R, about 30cm3

w


w

 Screened methyl orange indicator

w

Methyl orange indicator

it


s
vi

 100ml measuring cylinder

rs

 Filter paper
pe

 Means of labeling
pa

 Solid P
am

 Thermometer
ex

 100ml beaker
e
fre

Access to the following;

e
or

Ethanol supplied with a dropper

rm


 Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid supplied with a dropper bottle
fo

 Acidified Potassium dichromate (VI) solution

 Acidified Potassium Manganate (VII) solution.
 2M Ba(NO3)2 solution.
 2M NaOH solution.
 2M HCl acid.
 Source of heat.

Preparation

 Solution J is 0.12M HCL, prepared by adding about 800cm3 of distilled water to 4.05cm3of concentrated HCL
of density
1.08gcm-3 and making it to one litre of solution.

 Solution Q is prepared by dissolving 5.3g of anhydrous sodium carbonate in enough distilled water and making
up to one
litre of solution.

76
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
 Solution R is prepared by dissolving 15.75g of hydrated barium hydroxide in enough distilled water and top up
to one
litre of solution.

 Solid P is 2.0g of oxalic acid weighed accurately and supplied in a stoppered container
 Solid F is maleic acid
 Solid G is sodium sulphite

233/3
CHEMISTRY
Paper 3
(PRACTICAL)

1.You are provided with:

− A monobasic acid HA, solution J.

m
− Sodium carbonate solution, solution Q, containing 1.325g in 250cm3 of solution.

co
s.
− Solution R, containing 15.75g of M(OH).8H2O per litre.

er
Screened methyl orange indicator.

ap
−

p
You are required to:

st
pa
− Standardize solution J. se
− Determine the relative atomic mass of element M in M (OH)2. 8H2O.
kc
ee
.fr
w

Procedure 1
w
w

Fill the burette with solution J. Pipette 25cm3 of solution Q into a clean 250ml conical flask and add 2 – 3 drops of
it

screened methyl orange indicator. Titrate this solution with the solution in the burette and record your results in table
s
vi

1 below. Repeat this procedure and complete the table. Retain solution J in the burette for use in procedure II.
rs
pe

Table 1
pa

Titre I II III
am

Final burette reading (cm3)

ex

Initial burette reading(cm3)

e
fre

Volume of J used (cm3)

e
or
rm

(4 marks)
fo

a) Calculate the average volume of solution J used. (1 mark

b) Determine the concentration of solution Q in moles per litre (Na=23, C=12, O=16 ) (1 mark)
c) (i)Determine the number of moles of the monobasic acid solution, HA, that are in the averaged value
calculated in (b) above. (1 mark)
(ii) Determine the concentration of solution J in moles per litre. (1 mark)

Procedure 2
− Using a 25cm3 measuring cylinder, transfer 25cm3 of solution R into a clean 250ml conical flask. Using a 100ml
measuring cylinder, transfer 75cm3 of solution Q into the flask with solution R. Boil the mixture for about 5
minutes. After cooling filter into a conical flask and transfer the filtrate into a clean 100ml measuring cylinder
and add distilled water to make exactly 100cm3 of solution. Label this solution as solution S.
− Pipette 25cm3 of solution S into a conical flask and titrate it with solution J using 2 drops of screened methyl
orange indicator. Record your results in table 2 below. Repeat this to complete the table.

77
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

fo
rm
or
e
fre
e
ex
am
pa
pe
rs
vi
s

78
it
w
w
w
.fr
ee
kc
se
pa
st
p ap
er
s.
co
m
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
Table 2
Titre I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)

Initial burette reading(cm3)

Volume of J used (cm3)

(4 marks)
d) Calculate the average volume of solution J used. (1mark)
e) Determine the number of moles of:
i) The monobasic acid, HA, in the average volume. (1 mark)
ii) Sodium carbonate in 25cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
iii) Sodium carbonate in 75cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
iv) Sodium carbonate in the original 75cm3 of solution S. (1 mark)
v) Sodium carbonate that reacted with solution R. (1 mark)
vi) M (OH)2. 8H2O in 25cm3 of solution R. (1 mark)
(1 mole of M (OH)2. 8H2O reacts with one mole of sodium carbonate)

m
f) Determine

co
(i) the concentration of solution R in moles per litre. (1mark)

s.
er
ap
p
(ii) the relative formula mass of M(OH)2.8H2O. (1 mark)

st
pa
(iii) the relative atomic mass of M (O=16.0, H=1.0) se (1mark)
kc
ee

2. You are provided with:

.fr

Solid P, 2.0 g of a dibasic acid H2X.

w
w

You are required to determine the molar heat of solution of solid P.

w
its

PROCEDURE
vi
rs

Place 30cm3 of distilled water into a 100ml beaker. Measure the initial temperature of the water and record it in
pe

the table below. Add all the solid P at once and stir the mixture carefully with the thermometer until all the solid
pa

dissolves. Measure the final temperature reached and record it in table.

am
ex

Final temperature (oC)

e
fre

Initial temperature (oC)

e
or
rm

(3 marks)
fo

a) Determine the change in temperature, ∆T. (1 mark)

b) Calculate the:
i. heat change when H2X dissolves in water. (Assume the heat capacity of the solution is 4.2 Jg-1oC -1 and
density is 1g/cm3) (2 marks)
ii. Number of moles of the acid that were used. (Relative formula mass of H2X is 126) (1mark)
iii. Molar heat of solution, ∆H, of the acid H2X.
(1mark)
3. You are provided with solid G. Place all solid G in a boiling tube. Add distilled water and shake. Divide the
resulting solution into three portions.

Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

79
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3
i) To the first portion add drops of 2M sodium hydroxide.
Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

ii) To the second portion dip a metallic spatula in the solution and burn it directly on a non-luminous
flame.
Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

iii) To the third portion add three drops of barium nitrate solution followed by 2cm3 of 2M hydrochloric acid.

Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

m
co
s.
er
pap
st
iv) To the fourth portion add three drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI) solution.
pa
Inferences 0bservations se
kc

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)
ee
.fr
w
w
w

b) You are provided with solid F. Carry out the tests below and record your observations and inferences in the spaces
it
s

provided
vi
rs
pe

(i) Using a metallic spatula, heat half of solid F in a non-luminous bunsen burner flame .
pa

Inferences 0bservations
am

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)
ex
e
fre
e
or

(ii) Put a half spatula endful of solid F into a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water
rm

and shake.
fo

Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

Divide the resulting solution from a(ii) above into two portions
(iii) To the first portion,2 -3 drops of universal indicator and determine its pH.
Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

(iv)To the second portion, add two drop of acidified potassium Manganate (VII) solution and shake.
Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

80
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1,2 & 3

(c) Put half spatula endful of solid F into a boiling tube and add 5 drops of ethanol followed by 2 drops of
concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid.warm the mixture.
Inferences 0bservations

( ½ mk) ( ½ mk)

m
co
s.
er
ap
p
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
w
it
s
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

81
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
MURANGA SOUTH
233/1
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1
FORM 4

1. State the structural difference between a thistle funnel and a dropping funnel. (1mk)
2. The set up below was used to prepare and collect hydrogen sulphide gas. Study it and answer the questions that
follow.

Dilute HCI

Hydrogen sulphide

Warm water

om
.c
Solid V

rs
pe
pa
st
heat

pa
se
kc
ee
a) Name solid V. (1mk)
.fr
w

b) State the observation made in the round bottomed flask containing solid V. (1mk)
w

c) DESCRIBE the confirmatory test for hydrogen sulphide gas. (2mk)

tw

3. A student found two unlabeled containers with two white solids containing calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate
si
vi

respectively. Describe a test the student would have carried out to confirm the identity of the two solids.
s

(2mk)
r
pe

4. State the role of carbon (iv) oxide in fire extinguishers. (2mk)

pa

5. In an experiment, 0.8g of magnesium powder was reacted with dilute excess sulphuric (vi) acid at 200c and the time
am

taken recorded. How would you expect the reaction to compare if the experiment was repeated using;
ex

i) Magnesium granules. (1.5mk)

e

ii) At 400 c. (1.5mk)

fre

6. Consider the equilibrium below

e
or
rm

SO2(g) + O2(g) SO3(g DH negative

fo

State any 2 ways in which the yield of SO3 can be increased. (2mk)

7. In an experiment, 2.3g of zinc powder was added to 30cm3 of 0.5M copper sulphate solution and stirred. The
temperature rose by 16.50c.
a) STATE the observations made in the beaker containing copper (ii) sulphate solution. (2mk)
b) Calculate the heat change for the reaction (SHC= 4.2Jg-1k-1 density=1g/cm3) (2mk)
c) Calculate the moles of copper displaced. (1mk)
d) Using the answer in b and c above, calculate the molar heat of displacement of copper (1mk)

274
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
8. The standard electrode potentials of elements P, Q, R, S and T are given below (the letters do not represent the
actual symbols of the elements). Study it and answer the questions that follow.

P2+(aq) + 2e P(s) -2.63v

Q2+ (aq) + 2e Q (s) +0.14v

R+ (aq) + e R(s) +1.8v

S3+ (aq) + 3e S(s) -1.2v

T2+ (aq) + 2e T(s) -0.18v

a) Calculate the EMF of a cell made by combining the half cells of elements R and S. (2mk)
b) Write the anode equation of an electrochemical cell made by combining the half cells of element T and S.
(1mk)
9. Write the electron configuration of the underlined element in the following formulae; SHOW YOUR WORKINGS;
a) H2 S

om
b) N2O (1.5mk)

.c
10. Calculate the solubility of a salt X at 250c if 8.5grammes of the salt saturates 5g of water at that temperature.

rs
(2mk)

pe
11. A form 4 student found a green solid in the lab, on heating a sample of the solid, a black residue and a colorless gas

pa
that formed a white precipitate when bubbled into calcium hydroxide solution was formed. On adding dilute

st
pa
sulphuric (vi) acid to the black residue, a blue solution was formed.

se
a) Write the formulae of the anion present in the green solid. (1mk)
kc
b) State and explain using equations where possible the observations that would be made if ammonia solution was
ee
added to the blue solution dropwise till in excess. (2mk)
.fr

12. DESCRIBE how you can prepare a pure and dry solid sample of lead chloride given the following reagents; dilute
w
w

hydrochloric acid. solid lead nitrate, sodium carbonate crystals and distilled water (3mk)
tw

13. Dry ammonia was passed over heated copper ii oxide in a combustion tube.
si
vi

a) State the observation made in the combustion tube. (1mk)

s

b) What mass of the solid product would be formed if 1.59g of copper ii oxide was reacted with excess ammonia
r
pe

gas at room temperature and pressure? (Cu=63.5, O=16) (2mk)

pa

14.
am

a) State and explain the observation made when chlorine gas is bubbled into a beaker containing moist blue and red
ex

litmus papers. (3mk)

e

b) Chlorine gas can be prepared in the lab by reacting Manganese (iv) oxide with concentrated hydrochloric acid.
fre

Calculate the volume of chlorine gas produced at S.t.p if 0.435g of manganese iv oxide was reacted with excess
e

concentrated hydrochloric acid. ( M.G.V =22.4 dm3) (3mk)

or
rm

15.
a) Define the term allotropes. (1mk)
fo

b) One of the two allotropes of carbon is graphite. Explain why graphite is used as a lubricant in machines where
high temperatures are involved. (1mk)
16.
a) Draw the structural formulae of propanoic acid. (1mk)
b) Write the name of the compound formed when propanoic acid reacts with butanol. (1mk)
c) Describe an experiment that can be used to distinguish between ethane and ethene. (2mk)
17.
a) Define the term radioactivity. (1mk)
b) A radioactive isotope had an original mass of 100grammes decrease to 3.125g in 35 days. Calculate its half-life.
(2mk)
18. An element E(not its actual symbol) has a mass number of 35 and 18 neutrons .
a) What is its atomic number? (1mk)
b) In which period of the period table is element E? explain your answer (1mk)
275
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
c) Compare the ionic and atomic radius of element E. (2mk)
19.
a) Aluminium metal is extracted from an ore called bauxite, what is the chemical name of bauxite? (1mk)
b) Describe the purification of bauxite to acquire pure Aluminium oxide. (3mk)
20. The boiling point of silicon (iv) oxide is much higher than that of sulphur (iv) oxide. Explain this observation.
(2mk)
21.
a) Calculate the mass of silver deposited when a current of 1.5 ampheres is passed through an electrolytic cell
containing silver nitrate solution for one and a half hours. (Ag=108, 1 FARADY=96500c) [2mk]
b) A student wanted to coat an iron spoon with silver, draw and label the set up the student used. (3mk)
22. 80cm3 of oxygen gas diffused through a porous plug in 50 minutes. If an equal volume of gas Q takes 120 minutes
to diffuse through the same plug under the same temperature and pressure, calculate the relative formulae mass of
gas Q. (2mk)
23. The lattice energy of calcium chloride is 2237 kJ/mol-1, while the hydration energies of calcium and chloride is 389
kJmol-1 and 496kJmol-1 respectively.
a) Draw an energy cycle diagram linking the enthalpy of solution of calcium chloride and its lattice energy and the
hydration energies of calcium and chloride. (2mk)

om
b) Calculate the enthalpy of solution of calcium chloride. (2mk)

.c
24 Explain the reason why:

rs
pe
a) The non-luminous flame of a Bunsen burner should always be turned into a luminous flame when not in use.

pa
(2mk)

st
b) Most laboratory apparatus are made of glass. (2mk)

pa
c) Cars in Mombasa rust faster than cars in Kisumu. (1mk)

se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
tw
si
vi
s
r
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

276
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
MURANGA SOOUTH
233/2
CHEMISTRY PAPER 2

1. In an experiment, a piece of Magnesium ribbon was cleaned with steel wool. 3.6g of the clean Magnesium metal
was put in a crucible and completely burned in oxygen. After cooling the product weighed 60g;
(i) Explain why it was necessary to clean the Magnesium ribbon. (1mk)
(ii) What observation was made in the crucible after burning? (1mk)
(iii) Find the empirical formula of the oxide formed. (2mks)
(iv) The product in the crucible was shaken with water and filtered. Explain the observation which was made when
blue and red litmus papers were dropped into the filtrate. (2mks)
(v) Calculate the volume of oxygen used during the burning. (O=16.0, Molar gas volume of a gas = 24,000cm3 at
room temperature). (3mks)
2Mg + O2 2MgO
(vi) Compare the melting point of the oxide of magnesium formed above with the melting of sulphur iv oxide.
( 2mk)
2.

om
(i) Alkanes, alkenes and alkynes can be obtained from crude oil. Draw the structure of the second member of the

.c
alkyne homologous series. (1mk)

rs
pe
pa
(ii) Study the flow chart below starting with butane and answer the questions that follow;

st
pa
se
Butane
Step I kc
ee
.fr
w

Step II
w
tw

polymerization
si

P Ethene H
vi
s

Step Water at 300oC

r
pe

III and 60 atmospheres

pa
am
ex
e
fre

Ethanol
e
or

Step Propanoic acid

rm

IV
fo

(a) State the conditions for the reaction in step I to occur. (1mk)
(b) Identify substance P. (1mk)
(iii) Give:
a) One disadvantage of the continued use of substance such as P. (1mk)
b) The name of the process that takes place in step ;
III

IV
277
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
c) The name and formula of substance K. (2mks)
(iv) The relative molecular mass of P is 22,400. Calculate the number of monomers that make up P.
H H

C C

H H

(v) To which homologous series does H belong?

(vi) The table below gives the formula of four compounds H, I, J and K.
Compound Formula
H C2H6O
I C3H6

om
J C3H602
K C3H8

.c
rs
pe
pa
Giving a reason in each case, select the letter which represents a compound that:

st
pa
(a) Decolorizes bromine in the absence of U.V light. (1mks)

se
(b) Gives effervescence when reacted with aqueous sodium carbonate. (1mks)
kc
ee
.fr

3. The flow chart below shows some of the processes involved in large scale production of sulphuric (VI) acid. Use it
w

to answer the questions that follows;

w
tw

Substance A
si
vi
rs

Oxygen Sulphur (VI) oxide oleum

pe

Reaction Absorption
pa

chamber chamber
am
ex

Water
e
fre

(i) Describe how oxygen is obtained from air on a large scale. (3mks)
e
or

(ii) (a) Name substance A. (1mk)

rm

b) Write an equation for the process that takes place in the absorption chamber. (1mk)
fo

(iii) Vanadium (V) oxide is a commonly used catalyst in this process.

(a) Name another catalyst which can be used in this process. (1mk)
(b) Give two reasons why Vanadium (V) oxide is the commonly used catalyst. (2mks)
(iv) State and explain the observations made when concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid is added to crystals of copper
(II) sulphate in a beaker. (2mks)
(v) The reaction of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid with sodium chloride produces hydrogen chloride gas. State the
property of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid illustrated in this reaction.
(1mk)
(vi) State four uses of sulphuric (VI) acid. (2mks)
4. (a) What is meant by molar heat of combustion? (1mk)
b) State the Hess’s law. (1mk)
(c) Use the following standard enthalpies of combustion of graphite hydrogen and enthalpy of formation of propane.
(2mks)
278
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
△ 𝐻𝐻𝐶𝐶𝜃𝜃 (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔ℎ𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = −393𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
△ 𝐻𝐻𝐶𝐶𝜃𝜃 �𝐻𝐻2 (𝑔𝑔) � = −286𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
△ 𝐻𝐻𝑓𝑓𝜃𝜃 �𝐶𝐶3 𝐻𝐻8 (𝑔𝑔) � = −104𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚

(I) Write the equation for the formation of propane (1mk)

(II) Draw an energy cycle diagram that links the formation of propane with its heat of combustion and the heats
of combustion of graphite and hydrogen. (3mks)
(III) Calculate the standard heat of combustion of propane. (2mks)
(d) Other than the enthalpy of combustion, state one factor which should be considered when choosing a fuel.
(1mk)
(e) The molar enthalpies of neutralization for dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric acid are -57.2KJ/Mol while
that of ethanoic acid is -55.2KJ/Mol. Explain this observation. (2mks)
(f) Define the term fuel. (1mk)
5.
(a) An atom W can be represented as 53 26𝑊𝑊 what does the number 53 represent. (1mk)
(b) Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow. (The letters are not the actual

om
symbols of the elements)

.c
rs
Element Electronic Atomic radius Ionic radius

pe
arrangeme (nm) (nm)

pa
nt of stable

st
pa
ion

se
A 2.8.8 0.197 0.099
B 2.88 0.099 0.181 kc
ee
C 2.8 0.160 0.065
.fr
w

D 2.8 0.186 0.095

w

E 2 0.152 0.068
tw

F 2.8 0.072 0.136

si
vi
s r

(i) Write the formula of the compound when A reacts with B. (1mk)
pe

(Atomic numbers are A=20, B = 17)

pa

(ii) Identify which element belongs to the third period of the periodic table. Explain. (2mks)
am

(iii) Which of the elements identified in b(ii) above comes first in the third period? Explain. (2mks)
ex

(iv) Select two elements which are non-metals. (1mk)

e

(c) The table below shows the atomic number and first ionization energies of three elements. The letters are not actual
fre

symbols of the elements. Use it to answer the questions that follow;

e
or

Element Atomic number First ionization

rm

energy KL/Mol
fo

A 3 519
B 11 494
C 19 418

(i) Explain the trend in first ionization energy from A to C. (2mks)

(ii) Write the electronic configuration for the ion of C. (1mk)
(iii) Explain why C has a lower melting point than B. (1mk)

279
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
6. Study the information given in the table below and answer the questions that follow;
Half reaction Electrode potential Eo(V)
2+
𝐷𝐷(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 2 𝑒𝑒 𝐷𝐷(𝑠𝑠) -0.13
+ +0.80
𝐸𝐸(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 𝑒𝑒 𝐸𝐸(𝑠𝑠)
3+
𝐹𝐹(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 𝑒𝑒 2+
𝐹𝐹(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) +0.68
2+
𝐺𝐺(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 2 𝑒𝑒 𝐺𝐺(𝑠𝑠) -2.87
2+
𝐻𝐻(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 2 𝑒𝑒 𝐻𝐻(𝑠𝑠) +0.34
+ -2.71
𝐽𝐽(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 2 𝑒𝑒 𝐽𝐽(𝑠𝑠)
(i) Construct an electrochemical cell that will be formed when the half cells of elements E and G (3mks)
(ii) Calculate the e.m.f of the cell constructed in (i) above. (1mks)
(iii) Why is it not advisable to store a solution containing E+ ions in a container made of H? (2mks)
b) During electroplating of an iron spoon, a current of 0.8 amperes was passed through aqueous silver nitrate solution
for 2 ½ hours. Calculate the mass of silver that was deposited on the spoon. (Ag=108.0, IF = 96500 C) (3mks)
(c) (i) What is meant by electroplating? (1mk)

om
ii) State the two purposes of electroplating. (1mk)

.c
rs
7. The table below gives the volumes of the gas produced when different volumes of 2M HCl acid were reacted with

pe
1g of a lump of an alloy of magnesium and copper at room temperature.

pa
st
Volume 2MHCl acid Volume of gas produced

pa
se
0 0
kc
ee
10 240
.fr
w

20 480
w
tw

30 600
si
vi

40 600
rs
pe
pa

50 600
am
ex

a) Draw the graph of volume of gas produced (vertical axes) against the volume of acid added (3mks)
e

b) From the graph ,determine;

fre

(i) The volume of the gas produced if 17.0 cm3 of the acid is used. (1mk)
e
or

(ii) The volume of HCl acid required for reaction completion. (1mk)
rm

c) Write a balanced chemical equation of the reaction that took place . (1mk)
fo

d) Calculate the moles of magnesium that reacted (2mks)

e) Calculate the mass of copper present in the alloy (Mg=24.0 Cu=63.5). (2mks)

280
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL CONFIDENTIAL

233/3
CONFIDENTIAL: in addition to ordinary lab fittings, each candidate will require
- 1 burette (50ml)
- 1 pipette (25ml)
- 250ml volumetric flask
- Thermometer
- White tile
- 4.5g of solid A
- 100ml of solution B
- 2 labels
- Solid K (about 4.0g)
- 1 spatula(metallic)
- 6 test tube
- 1 boiling tube
- 2 conical flasks

om
- 2 blue litmus paper and 2 red litmus papers.

.c
- 10ml measuring cylinder.

rs
pe
- Liquid S (about 8ml)

pa
- Universal indicator paper and chart

st
pa
Access to

se
- Sodium hydrogen carbonate (solid) kc
ee
- Bromine water
.fr

- 2M Sodium hydroxide solution

w
w

- 2M Sulphuric acid
tw

- 0.5M Lead(II) nitrate solution

si
vi

- 2M dilute Nitric acid

s

- 2M Barium nitrate solution

r
pe

- Potassium manganate(VII) solution

pa

- Source of heat
am
ex
e
fre

NOTE
e
or

1. Solid A is hydrated ethandioic acid(oxalic acid)

rm

2. Solution B is 0.06m acidified KMnO4(9.48g/l) made by

fo

Dissolving 9.48g of KMnO4 in 400cm3 of 2M H2SO4 and top up with distilled H2O
3. Solid K is hydrated magnesium sulphate
4. Liquid S is olive oil

281
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
MURANGA SOUTH
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3

PRACTICAL
You are required to determine the solubility of Solid A at different temperatures and to determine the moles of water of
crystallization in Solid A.

You are provided with

(i) 4.5 g of Solid A in a boiling tube

(ii) Solution B ,0.06M acidified KMnO4

PROCEDURE

(a) Using a burette, add 4cm3 of distilled water to solid A in the boiling tube. Heat the mixture while stirring with the
thermometer to about 70oC. When all the solid has dissolved, allow the solution to cool while stirring with the
thermometer. Note the temperature at which crystals of solid A first appear. Record this temperature in table 1.

om
(b) Using the burette add 2cm3 of distilled water to the contents of the boiling tube. Warm the mixture while stirring

.c
rs
with the thermometer until all the solid dissolves. Allow the mixture to cool while stirring. Note and record the

pe
temperature at which crystals of solid A first appear.

pa
(c) Repeat procedure (b) two more times and record the temperature in table 1. Retain the contents of boiling tube for

st
use in procedure (e).

pa
(d) (i)Complete table 1 by calculating the solubility of solid A at different temperatures. The solubility of a substance is

se
the mass of that substance that dissolves in 100cm3( 100g) of water at a particular temperature.
kc
ee
.fr

Table 1
w

Volume of water in boiling tube Temperature at which crystals of Solubility of A in g/100g water
w
tw

(cm3) solid A first appear

si

4
vi

6
rs
pe

8
pa

10
am
ex

(ii) On the grid provided, plot the graph of solubility of solid A (vertical axis) against temperature (3mk
e
fre
e

(iii) Using your graph, determine the temperature at which 100g of solid A would dissolve in 100 cm3 of water.
or

(1mk)
rm

(e) (i) Transfer the contents of the boiling tube into a 250ml volumetric flask. Rinse both the boiling tube and the
fo

thermometer with distilled water and add to the volumetric flask. Add more distilled to make up to the mark. Label
this solution A. Fill the burette with solution B. Using a pipette and pipette filler, place 25cm3 of solution A into a
conical flask. Warm the mixture to about 60OC. Titrate the hot solution A with solution B until a permanent pink
colour persists. Record your readings in table 2. Repeat the titrations two more times to complete table 2.

282
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
Table 2

TITRATION 1 2 3
Final burette reading
(cm3)
Initial burette reading
(cm3)
Volume of Solution B
used(cm3)
(3mks)

(ii) Calculate the;

(i) Average volume of B used (1mk)

(ii) Number of moles of potassium manganateVII used (1mk)
(iii) Number of moles of A in 250cm3 of solution A, given that 2 moles of potassium manganate VII react
completely with 5 moles of A (1mks)

om
(iv) Relative formula mass of A (3mks)

.c
(v) The formula of A has the form of D.XH2O. Determine the value of X in the formula given that the relative

rs
formula mass of D is 90.0 (O=16.0, H=1.0) (1mk)

pe
2. You are provided with solid K. Carry out the tests below and identify the ions present in K. Record all your

pa
observations and inferences

st
pa
se
a) Put a spatula end full of solid K in a test tube and heat strongly
Observation (1mk) kc
Inference(1mk)
ee
.fr
w
w

b) Put a half spatula of solid K in a test tube and add about 5cm3 of distilled water. Shake the mixture. Divide the
tw

solution into four portions of 1 cm3 each

si

(i) To the first portion add sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until in excess.
vi
s

Observation(1mk Inference(1mk)
r
pe
pa
am

(ii) To the second portion add dilute sulphuric acid in drops until in excess
ex
e
fre

Observation (1mk) Inference(1mk)

e
or
rm
fo

(iii) To the third portion add 2-3 drops of lead (II) nitrate solution

Observation(1mk) Inference(1mk)

(iv) To the fourth portion add 4 drops of dilute nitric acid followed by barium nitrate

Observation(1mk) Inference(1mk)

283
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
3. You are provided with liquid S. Carry out the following tests and record your observations and inferences in the
space provided.

(a) Scoop a little of liquid S using a clean metallic spatula and burn it in a non-luminous flame of the Bunsen burner.

Observation(1mk) Inference(1mk)

(b) Put universal indicator paper into a test-tube with liquid S and leave it for sometime

Observation(1mk) Inference(1mk)

(c) Put 2cm2 of liquid S in a test-tube and add a little sodium hydrogen carbonate solid provided and warm. Test any
gas provided with red and blue litmus papers

om
.c
Observation(1mk Inference(1mk)

rs
pe
pa
st
pa
(d) To 2cm3 of potassium manganate(VII) in a test-tube, add an equal volume of liquid S and warm.

se
Observation(1mk) kc
Inference(1mk)
ee
.fr
w

(e) Measure 2cm3 of liquid S and add 2cm3 of bromine water in a test tube and shake well.
w
tw

Observation (1mk) Inference(1mk)

si
vi
s
r
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

284
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
MECS CLUSTER JOINT EXAMINATION
233/1
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1 THEORY
TIME: 2 HOURS

1. Using reagents provided only, explain how you could prepare a salt of Zinc carbonate solid. Dilute nitric(v) acid,
zinc, sodium carbonate (3mks)
2. The diagram below shows a Bunsen burner when in use

om
.c
rs
Describe an experiment that would confirm that region labeled C is unsuitable for heating. (2mks)

pe
3. a) On the grid provided sketch a graph of pressure against volume for fixed mass of a gas at constant temperature

pa
(1mk)

st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
tw
si
vi
rs
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm

b) A fixed mass of a gas has a volume of 250cm3 at 27oC and 750mmHg pressure.
fo

Calculate the gas volume that the gas would occupy at 41oC and 750mmHgpressure. (0o = 273k) (2mks)

4. 22.2cm3 of sodium hydroxide solution containing 4.0g per litre sodium hydroxide were required for complete
neutralisation of 0.1g of a dibasic acid. Calculate the relative formula mass of the dibasic acid. (Na = 23, O=16,
H=1) (3mks)

285
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
5. The diagram below represents a laboratory experiment to investigate the reaction between hydrogen - sulphide gas
and an aqueous iron (III) chloride.
Hydrogen
sulphide gas To fume chamber

Boiling tube. Iron (III) chloride solution

a) Write chemical equation for the reaction which takes place in the boiling tube. (1mk)

b) What adjustment need to be made in the above set-up if the laboratory does not have a fume chamber. (1mk)

om
.c
c) Describe a laboratory chemical test for a sample of hydrogen sulphide gas. (1mk)

rs
pe
pa
6. A group of compounds called chlorofluorocarbons have a wide range of uses but they have harmful effects on the

st
environment. State and explain one harmful effect of chlorofluorocarbons on the environment. (2mks)

pa
7. X grams of a radioactive isotope takes 120 days to decay to 3.5 grams. The half-life period of the isotope is 20 days.

se
a) Calculate the initial mass of the isotope (2mks)
b) State the application of radioactivity in agriculture. kc (1mk)
ee
8. Sulphur and sodium belong to the same period on the periodic table. State and explain the difference in M.P of the
.fr
w

oxide of sulphur and the oxide of sodium. (3mks)

w

9. a)Water is an example of a polar solvent. What is a polar solvent? (1mk)

tw

b) Explain the following observations HCl gas dissolves in water to form an electrolyte, while the same chloride
si
vi

dissolves in methylbenzene to form a non-electrolyte (1mk)

s

10. a)Define the term deposition (1mk)

r
pe

b) Describe how you can obtain copper powder from a mixture containing copper and zinc powder. (2mks)
pa

11. a) Name the main ore from which iron is extracted. (1mk)
am

b) Name two substances that convert iron (III) oxide to iron in the blast furnace. (2mks)
ex

12. a)Write an equation showing how boiling can remove temporary water hardness. (1mk)
e

b) Name one method that can be used to remove both temporally and permanent water hardness. (1mk
fre
e

c) Other than wastage of soap during cleaning, state one other disadvantage of hard water.
or

(1mk)
rm

13. a)Name two pure allotropes of carbon. (1mk)

fo

b)State and explain using relevant equations the observation made when carbon(IV) oxide is bubbled through
calcium hydroxide solution for a long time. (2mks)
14. When Na2CO3.xH2O is strongly heated it loses 63.2% of its mass. Determine the value of x in the compound(Na =
23, O = 16, H = 1) (3mks)

286
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3

15. Dry ammonia was passed over a heated lead(II) oxide in a combustion tube as shown

Lead (II) oxide

Gas W
Dry NH3

Heat
a) What observations would be made in the combustion tube (1mk)
b) Write a chemical equation for the reaction in the combustion tube (1mk)
c) State one industrial use of ammonia (1mk)
16. An ion of P2+ has a configuration of 2.8

om
a) Name the family to which P belong (1mk)

.c
b) Compare the atomic and ionic radius of P. Explain (2mks)

rs
17. a)Explain why alkanes are used as fuel (1mk)

pe
b) Draw the structure of the following compounds (2mks)

pa
i) 3-methylbut – 1 yne

st
pa
ii) But – 2 –ene

se
18. a)Define solubility kc (1mk)
ee
b) Study the information in the table and answer the questions below
.fr

Solubility (g) 100g water

w
w

Salt At 400C At 600C

tw

CUSO4 28 38
si
vi

Pb(NO3)2 79 98
rs
pe

i) Calculate the mass of CuSO4 that would saturate 200g of water at 600C (1mk)
pa

ii) A solution containing 80g of Pb(NO3)2 in 100g of water at 60 C was cooled to 40 C. Calculate the mass of
0 0
am

Pb(NO3)2 that crystallized (1mk)

ex
e

19. Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to a compound Z of copper. The solid reacted with the acid to form a colourless
fre

gas which formed a white precipitate when bubbled through lime water.
e

a) Name solid Z (1mk)

or
rm

b) State the observation that would be made if a similar compound of lead is used. Explain. (2mks)
20. a)Explain why the reactivity of group(VII) elements decrease down the group (2mks)
fo

b) Moist blue litmus and dry blue litmus paper were introduced into gas jars of dry chlorine. State the observations
that would be made. (1mk)
21. a)Name the reagents that are commonly used in the preparation of hydrogen (1mk)

287
 CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3

b) Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow

Copper (II) oxide Anhydrous copper

(II) oxide Burning gas X

Dry
hydrogen gas

Heat

om
i) Name gas x (1mk)

.c
ii) State and explain the observation made in the anhydrous copper(II) sulphate after sometime (1mk

rs
pe
pa
22. a) State two physical properties of sulphur (IV) oxide (1mk)

st
pa
b) Explain why when sulphur (IV) oxide is bubbled into acidified potassium dichromate (VI) the solution changes

se
colour from orange to green. Explain the observation (1mk)
kc
ee
c) In the contact process of manufacture of sulphuric(VI) acid, explain how pollution by SO2 is reduced. (1mk)
.fr
w
w
tw

23. Study the setup below and answer questions that follow
si
vi

Compound A
s r
pe
pa
am

Nitrogen (I) oxide

ex
e
fre
e
or

Liquid B
rm
fo

a) Name (1mk)
i) Compound A

ii) Liquid B

b) Why is the boiling tube tilted downwards (1mk

24. Explain why

a) Aluminium is commonly used for making cooking pots and pans. (1mk)
b) Silicon(IV) oxide is a poor conductor of heat and electricity (1mk)
288
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3

25. The set up below was used to show electrolysis in molten lead(II) iodide

Molten Lead (II) iodide.

om
.c
Heat

rs
pe
pa
i) On the diagram label the cathode (1mk)

st
pa
ii) State the observation that was made at the anode during the electrolysis. Give a reason for your answer

se
(2mks)
kc
ee
26. 100cm3 of carbon (II) oxide gas was reacted with 100cm3 of oxygen. (All volume were measured under the same
.fr
w

conditions of temple and pressure.

w

a) Determine
tw

i) Volume of the product formed (1mk)

si
vi

ii) The gas which was in excess and by what volume (2mks)
s

27. a) Using a dot(.) and cross(x) diagram of carbon(II) oxide, differentiate between a covalent and a co-ordinate bond
r
pe

(1mk)
pa

b) Use dot (.) and cross(x) diagrams to show bonding in between the elements represented by the following symbols.
am

(2mks)
ex
e

24 19
fre

i) X and Y
12 9
e
or
rm
fo

289
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3

28. Study the flow diagram below

Ammoniacal brine Coke

Gas A
Lime stone

Gas E Substance D

Gas A Process B Chamber C

NH4Cl
H2O

CaCl2

om
Roaster

.c
rs
pe
pa
Na2CO3

st
a) Name

pa
se
i) Gas A
kc (½ mk)
ee
ii) Process B (½ mk)
.fr

iii) Substance D (½ mk)

w

iv) Gas E (½ mk)

w
tw

b) Write the equation for the reaction in chamber C (1mk)

si
vi

MURANGA EXTRA COUNTY SCHOOLS END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATIONS

r s
pe

CHEMISTRY PAPER TWO

pa

233/2
am

1 a). A form one student set up the following experiment. Study the diagrams and use them to answer the questions that
ex

follow.
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

i) Describe what the student was investigating (1 mark

290
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
ii) Identify substance M __________________________ (1 mark)
iii) Explain how the student arrived at the conclusion in the above experiment (2 marks)
iv) Write down two uses of oxygen gas (1 mark)

b) The above apparatus were used in the preparation of various gases in the laboratory. Use the setup to answer the
questions that follow.

om
.c
rs
pe
i) Identify reagent A or reagent B used in the preparation of the following gases according to the table below.

pa
(2 mark)

st
pa
se
Gas Hydrogen Oxygen Carbon IV oxide Sulphur IV oxide
Reagent A Dilute sulphuric VI kc Dilute sulphuric VI
ee
acid acid
.fr

Reagent B Sodium peroxide Calcium carbonate

w
w
tw
si

ii) Complete the diagram to show how a dry sample of hydrogen gas is collected (3marks)
vi
rs
pe

iii) Write a balanced equation for the above reaction in the preparation of sulphur (IV) oxide gas. (1 mark)
pa
am

2. Study the information below given about elements P, Q, R, S, T, and U, which form part of the Periodic Table.
ex

Letters are not actual symbols of the elements.

e
fre
e

i. Elements P, S and R are in period 2. The ion of P and S are is P+1 and S-1 respectively. R has the highest
or

ionization energy.
rm

ii. T+3 has a configuration of 2:8 and a relative atomic mass of 27

fo

iii. Q gains two electrons to attain a noble gas configuration and is in the same period as T
iv. U is a transitional element in period 4.

Use the information above to answer the questions that follow.

a) Identify the respective positions of the elements in the grid above (3marks)
b) Which element forms ions with a charge of -2? (1mark)
c) How does the reactivity S compare with that of chlorine? Explain. (2 marks)
291
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
d) using a dot and cross diagram show the ionic structure of T (1 mark)
e) Compare the atomic radii of elements T and Q. Explain (2 marks)

f) If the oxides of P and S are separately dissolved in water, state and explain the effects of their aqueous solutions
on both blue and red litmus papers. (2 marks)
g) Identify the structure formed when the following elements form compounds
i) Element Q and P ________________________________ (1 mark)

ii) Two atoms of element S ________________________________ (1 mark)

3. a) Study the structures below and answer the questions that follow

i. Name structures A and B

om
ii.Describe how substances A and B be distinguished in the laboratory. (2marks)

.c
rs
b) Prop-1-ene undergoes a reaction X to form propan-1-ol .Propan 1-ol undergoes reaction Y to form C2H5COOH.

pe
When C2H5COOH is reacted with sodium carbonate it forms C2H5COONa, carbon IV oxide and water are formed.

pa
C2H5COONa is reacted with soda lime to form an organic compound K.

st
i.Identify organic compound K __________________________ ( 1 mark)

pa
ii.Identify one reagent that can be used in Reaction X( 1 mark)

se
kc
ee
Reaction Y __________________________ (
.fr

c) The structures below represent two cleansing agents Q and R. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
w
w
tw
si
vi
rs
pe
pa
am

i) Identify one disadvantage of use of Q (1 mark)

ex

ii) Which two raw reagents are used in the preparation of R (1 mark
e
fre

ii) Describe how a cleansing agent removes grease form a piece of cloth. (2 marks)
d) Tetrafloroethene is a monomer that is used in the manufacture of Teflon . Show two repeated units of Teflon
e
or

(2 marks)
rm

4. Below is a simplified diagram of the Downs Cell used for the manufacture of sodium from Rock salt. Study it and
fo

answer the questions that follow

292
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
i.Identify the electrode where reduction takes place in the cell above (1 mark)
ii.Write an ionic equation for the reaction in which gas X is formed (1 mark)
iii.Explain two observations made when a piece of sodium metal is placed on a water trough (2mark).
iv. The main electrolyte is molten Rock salt. Why is it not advisable to use sea water in this process? (2 marks)
v. Substance Y is added to lower the melting point of sodium chloride from about 8000C to about 6000C. Identify
substance Y and give a reason as to why it is added (1 mark)
vi. The above cell ran for one day and 21.4 hours nonstop and a current of 1500 amp was used. Calculate the mass
of sodium produced to the nearest Kg (1F=96500C Na= 23, Cl= 37.5) (3 marks)
vii. To prepare bleaching a agent chlorine gas is bubbled in a solution of sodium hydroxide. Write a balanced
equation for the above reaction. (1mark).
5. a) State two factors that should be considered when choosing fuel for cooking (2marks)
b) Define the term molar heat of combustion (1mark)

c) The diagram below represents a set – up that was used to determine the molar heat of combustion of butanol.
250ml of water was heated from 225K to 295K .the mass of butanol and lamp initially was154.4g and dropped to
124.8g after the experiment

om
.c
rs
pe
pa
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
tw

Calculate the:
si
vi

(i) Molar heat of combustion of butanol (C = 12.0, O = 16.0, H=1.0) Specific heat capacity of
s
r
pe

water = 4.2 Jg-1K-1(density of water = 1g/cm3 (3marks)

pa

(ii) Heating value of butanol. (1 mark)

am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

293
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
d) Using the information below determine the heat of combustion of butanol using the following data and represent the
above information on an energy cycle diagram
Equation Enthalpy of formation
H2(g) +½O2(g) H2O (l) H1 = - 286kj mol-1
C(s) +O2 (g) CO2 (g) H2 = - 394 mol-1
4C(s) +5H2(g) +½O2(g) C4H9OH(1) H3 = - 597kj mol-1
(3marks

6. The equation below show the catalytic oxidation of sulphur IV oxide

2 SO2(g) + O2 (g) 2 SO3 (g)
An equilibrium is achieved when 39% of SO2(g) is converted to SO3 at a pressure of 12.5Kpa and temperature of
460oC . The graph represents the reaction pathway achieved by the reaction. Vanadium (v) oxide catalyst is used in
the above reaction

om
.c
rs
pe
pa
st
pa
se
kc
ee
a) Is the reaction endothermic or exothermic? Explain (2mark)
.fr
w
w

b) Give reasons on how the yield of sulphur (V1) oxide would be affected if
tw

i. pressure would be lowered to 8.5kPa (2marks)

si
vi

ii. temperature is lowered to 200oC (2marks)

s

iii. Addition of concentrated sulphuric VI acid. (2marks)

r
pe
pa

c) On the same axis, plot a graph that would be achieved if the vanadium (v) oxide catalyst was not used (1mark)
am
ex

d) Describe how is sulphuric (VI) acid is formed from the SO3 gas using equations (2marks)
e
fre
e
or
rm

7. a) Use the information below and answer the questions that follow .The letters are not the actual symbols of the
fo

elements.
+ 2e E(s) -0.76V
+ 3e F(s) -1.66V
+ 2e G(s) +0.34V
a) Draw a well labeled diagram of an electrochemical cell that would give the highest Eθ value (2marks).
b) Calculate the EMF of the given cell in (a) above (1/2 marks).

c) On the diagram indicate the flow of electrons (1/2 marks).

b) A current of 6amp was passed over 200ml of 5M copper chloride solution with graphite electrodes. After two hours
the graphite electrodes were replaced with copper electrodes.
i)Explain the observations at the anode using relevant equations when graphite electrodes were used. (2marks)
294
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3

ii) Explain the reaction that occurred on the anode with the change in electrodes (1mark)

c) 4.5 g of metal A, B, and C were added to 100ml of 0.5M solution of copper sulphate in three separate beakers. The
temperature of the solutions was recorded before and after the experiment and the temperature recorded in the table
below.

Metal A B C
Initial temperature in oC 25 26 26
Final temperature in oC 38 30 26

i) Apart from increase in temperature identify one other observation made in beakers containing metals A and B
(1mark)
ii) Why was there no change in temperature in metal C (1mark)
iii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction between A and copper metal. Given that metal A is divalent (1mark)
iv) Explain what happens when a solution of ions of metal C is stored in a container made of metal B. (2mark)

om
.c
CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS

rs
pe
In addition to the apparatus and reagents found in a Chemistry laboratory each candidate will require the following

pa
st
pa
1. About 50cm3 of solution B

se
2. About 150cm3 of solution C kc
ee
3. One pipette 25ml
.fr

4. One pipette filler

w
w

5. One burette 0 - 50ml

tw

6. Two conical flasks - 250ml

si

7. One 10ml measuring cylinder

vi

8. One 100ml measuring cylinder

rs
pe

9. 100ml empty beaker

pa

10. 250ml volumetric flask

am

11. Six test tubes

12. One thermometer -10oC to 110oC
ex
e

13. One boiling tube

fre

14. About 500cm3 of distilled water supplied in a wash bottle

e
or

15. Two labels

rm

16. About 1g of solid F in a stoppered container

fo

17. About 0.2g of solid sodium hydrogen carbonate

18. One blue and one red litmus paper
19. About 6cm3 of liquid P
20. Test tube holder

Access solution

1) Acidified lead (II) nitrate supplied with a dropper.

2) Aqueous Barium (II) chloride supplied with a dropper.
3) Phenolphthalein supplied with a dropper.
4) Acidified potassium dichromate (VI) supplied with a dropper
295
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
5) Bunsen burner
6) Sodium hydroxide solution
7) Hydrogen peroxide

Solutions preparations

1. Solution C is prepared by dissolving 6.87cm3 of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid in 200cm3 of distilled water and
made up to 1000cm3 of solution with distilled water. Label this as solution C.
2. Solution B is prepared by dissolving 80g of NaOH in about 600cm3 of distilled water and diluting to one litre of
solution. Label this as solution B.

3. Barium chloride is prepared by dissolving 30g of solid Barium chloride in about 600cm3 of distilled water and
diluting to one litre of solution. Label thin as aqueous barium nitrate.
4. Acidified potassium dichromate (VI) is prepared by dissolving 25g of potassium dichromate (VI) crystals in about

om
200cm3 of 2M sulphuric (VI) and diluting with distilled water to one litre of solution.

.c
rs
5. Liquid P : Ethanol

pe
6. Solid F: iron (II) Sulphate

pa
st
pa
se
kc
ee
MURANGA EXTRA COUNTY SCHOOLS (MECS)
.fr

END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATION

w

CHEMISTRY
w
tw

PAPER 3
si
vi
s
r

1.a) You are provided with

pe

- 2.0M sodium hydroxide solution labelled solution B

pa

- Solution C containing 12.25 g per litre of a mineral acid C

am

You are required to

ex

i) Prepare a dilute solution of sodium hydroxide, solution B.

e

ii) Determine the

fre

Relative Formula mass of the acid C

e
or

Molar Enthalpy change of reaction between acid C and sodium hydroxide solution B.
rm
fo

Procedure 1.
Using a pipette and a pipette filler place 25.0cm³ of solution B in a 250.0ml volumetric flask. Add to it about 150cm³
of distilled water. Shake well. Add more distilled water to make upto the mark. Label this solution D

296
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
Fill a burette with solution C. Using a clean pipette and a pipette filler, place 25.0cm³ of solution D into a 250ml
conical flask. Add two drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate with solution C. Record your results in
table 1. Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table. (4 marks)

1 2 3

Final burette reading (cm³)

Initial burette reading (cm³)

Volume of solution C used (cm³)

om
.c
Calculate:

rs
pe
i) Average volume of solution C used. (1 mark)

pa
st
ii) Moles of solution D used. (2 marks)

pa
iii) Concentration in moles per litre of acid in solution C given that the number of moles of acid C used are half the

se
moles of D used. (2 marks)
iv) Relative formula mass (RFM) of solution C. kc (1 mark)
ee
.fr
w
w
tw

b) PROCEDURE II.
si
vi

i) Using a clean burette, place 5.0cm³ of solution C into each of six (6) test-tubes.
s
r

ii) Using a 100ml measuring cylinder, place 20cm³ of solution D, sodium hydroxide solution in a 100ml plastic
pe

beaker. Measure the temperature of solution D and record it in table 2 below.

pa

iii) To solution D in the beaker, add acid C, solution C from one of the test-tubes. Stir the mixture with the
am

thermometer and record in Table 2, the maximum temperature reached. Continue with step (iv)
ex

IMMEDIATE
e

iv) Add the acid C, solution C from another test-tube to the mixture obtained in (iii) above, stir and record the
fre

maximum temperature reached in Table 2. Continue adding the acid C, solution C from each of the other four
e
or

test-tubes, stirring the mixture and recording the maximum temperature each time and complete Table 2.
rm
fo

TABLE 2 (4 marks)

Volume of solution C 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

acid C added (cm³)

Maximum temperature (°C)

c) On the grid provided, plot a graph of temperature (vertical axis) against volume of acid C solution C added.
297
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
(3 marks)
d) Using the graph
i. Determine the volume of solution C which gave the maximum change in temperature. (1 mark)
ii. Determine the temperature change for the reaction. (1 mark)

e) Using your answer in parts d (i) and d(ii), calculate the molar enthalpy change of the neutralisation reaction
between acid C and sodium hydroxide solution.

(Heat capacity = 4.2J g-1 k-1; density of the mixture = 1.0gcm-3) (3 marks)

2. a) You are provided with solid F carry out the following tests write your observations and inferences in the
spaces provided.

i) Place a half spatula and full of solid F in a dry test tube and heat strongly. Test the gases produced with litmus paper

Observations Inferences

om
(1mark) (1 mark)

.c
rs
pe
ii) Place the remaining solid F in a boiling tube and add 10cm3 of distilled water. Divide the resulting solution into five

pa
portions

st
pa
Observations Inferences

se
kc
ee
(1 mark) (1 mark)
.fr
w
w
tw

iii) To the first portion, add sodium hydroxide solution drop wise until in excess.
si
vi

Observations Inferences
rs

(1mark) ( 1 mark)
pe

iv) To the second portion, add 5 drops of the hydrogen peroxide and then add ammonia solution drop wise until in
pa

excess.
am
ex

Observations Inferences
e

(1 ½ mark) ( ½ mark)
fre

v) To the third portion, add three drops of acidified lead (II) nitrate solution.
e
or
rm

Observations Inferences
fo

( 1 mark) (1mark)

vi) To the fourth portion, add three drops of barium nitrate solution.

Observations Inferences

( 1 mark) ( 1 mark)

3. You are provided with an organic liquid P. Carry out the following tests and record you observations and
inferences in the space provided.

a) Place about 4cm³ of liquid P in a boiling tube. Add to it 10cm³ of distilled water and shake well.

298
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1, 2 & 3
Label this solution G.

Observations Inferences
( 1 mark) ( 1 mark)

b) Place 2cm³ of solution G in a test-tube. Add to it solid sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.

Observations Inferences
( 1 mark) ( 1 mark)

c) To a second 2cm³ portion of solution G in a test-tube, add 2 to 3 drops of acidified potassium dichromate
(VI) and warm.

Observations Inferences
( 1 mark) ( 1 mark)

om
.c
rs
pe
pa
st
pa
se
kc
ee
.fr
w
w
tw
si
vi
s
r
pe
pa
am
ex
e
fre
e
or
rm
fo

299